WO2023142849A1 - Ceramic housing preparation method, ceramic housing, and electronic device - Google Patents

Ceramic housing preparation method, ceramic housing, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023142849A1
WO2023142849A1 PCT/CN2022/142853 CN2022142853W WO2023142849A1 WO 2023142849 A1 WO2023142849 A1 WO 2023142849A1 CN 2022142853 W CN2022142853 W CN 2022142853W WO 2023142849 A1 WO2023142849 A1 WO 2023142849A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ceramic
shell
pattern
glaze
thickness
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/142853
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
晏刚
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2023142849A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023142849A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28BSHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
    • B28B1/00Producing shaped prefabricated articles from the material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28BSHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
    • B28B11/00Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles
    • B28B11/001Applying decorations on shaped articles, e.g. by painting
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28BSHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
    • B28B11/00Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles
    • B28B11/04Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles for coating or applying engobing layers
    • B28B11/044Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles for coating or applying engobing layers with glaze or engobe or enamel or varnish
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28BSHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
    • B28B11/00Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles
    • B28B11/08Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles for reshaping the surface, e.g. smoothing, roughening, corrugating, making screw-threads
    • B28B11/0872Non-mechanical reshaping of the surface, e.g. by burning, acids, radiation energy, air flow, etc.
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28BSHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
    • B28B11/00Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles
    • B28B11/24Apparatus or processes for treating or working the shaped or preshaped articles for curing, setting or hardening
    • B28B11/243Setting, e.g. drying, dehydrating or firing ceramic articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B28WORKING CEMENT, CLAY, OR STONE
    • B28BSHAPING CLAY OR OTHER CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS; SHAPING SLAG; SHAPING MIXTURES CONTAINING CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, e.g. PLASTER
    • B28B3/00Producing shaped articles from the material by using presses; Presses specially adapted therefor
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C8/00Enamels; Glazes; Fusion seal compositions being frit compositions having non-frit additions
    • C03C8/14Glass frit mixtures having non-frit additions, e.g. opacifiers, colorants, mill-additions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K5/00Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
    • H05K5/02Details
    • H05K5/0217Mechanical details of casings
    • H05K5/0243Mechanical details of casings for decorative purposes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of electronic technology, in particular to a preparation method of a ceramic shell, a ceramic shell and electronic equipment.
  • the present application provides a method for preparing a ceramic shell, the method for preparing a ceramic shell includes:
  • a ceramic shell with a first pattern is obtained according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer.
  • the present application provides a casing, the casing comprising:
  • a housing body comprising a ceramic material, the housing body having an exterior surface;
  • the appearance surface reveals a first pattern, wherein the first pattern is presented by metal cations penetrating into the shell body.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, which includes the ceramic case described in the second aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 2 (a) ⁇ Fig. 2 (f) are the structural representations corresponding to each step in Fig. 1;
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic flow chart included in S110 in Fig. 1;
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart included in S111 in Fig. 3;
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flow chart included in S120 in Fig. 1 in an embodiment
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flow chart included in S130 in Fig. 1;
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic flow chart included in S130a in Fig. 6;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart included in S130b in FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10(a) to Figure 10(g) are structural schematic diagrams corresponding to each step in Figure 9;
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic flow chart included in S10 in Fig. 9;
  • FIG. 12 is a flow chart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to Fig. 12;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic sectional view along line I-I in Fig. 14;
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic sectional view along line II-II in Fig. 16;
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic perspective view of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is an exploded schematic view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a method for preparing a ceramic shell, the method for preparing a ceramic shell includes:
  • a ceramic shell with a first pattern is obtained according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer.
  • the providing the shell green body with the first glaze layer on the surface includes:
  • the first glaze slurry is dried to obtain a first glaze layer.
  • the ceramic granules are molded to obtain the shell green body, including:
  • Ceramic powder is mixed with a binder and granulated to obtain ceramic granules, wherein the average particle size of the ceramic powder ranges from 0.2 ⁇ m to 0.8 ⁇ m, and the mesh number of the ceramic granules ranges from 40 mesh to 100 mesh, the BET specific surface area of the pellets is 6m 2 /g to 10m 2 /g, and in the ceramic pellets, the weight percentage of the binder is in the range of 3% to 5%; and
  • the ceramic particles are shaped to obtain a shell green body.
  • the molding includes compression molding or injection molding; when the molding is compression molding, the molding of the ceramic particles to obtain the shell green body includes:
  • the molding pressure ranges from 10 MPa to 15 MPa, and the molding is carried out, and the pressure is kept for 10s to 20s, so as to mold the ceramic particles to obtain a shell green body.
  • the first glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1;
  • the glaze solution It includes metal cation salt and solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m
  • the drying of the first glaze slurry to obtain the first glaze layer includes: baking at 80°C to 150°C for 20 minutes to 50 minutes , to form the first glaze layer on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body.
  • said patterning said first glaze layer to form a first patterned layer includes:
  • the power of the laser output by the laser engraving device is controlled according to the preset pattern, and different gray levels in the preset pattern correspond to different powers of the laser light, wherein the part with the larger gray level corresponds to the laser power less power;
  • the laser is used to irradiate the first glaze layer to remove part of the glaze in the first glaze layer to form the first patterned layer.
  • the obtaining a ceramic shell with a first pattern according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer includes:
  • the ceramic shell blank is processed to obtain a ceramic shell with a predetermined size and a first pattern.
  • the processing of the ceramic shell blank to obtain the shell with a preset size and a first pattern includes:
  • the grinding and polishing of the surface of the housing with the preset size that reveals the first pattern includes:
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell also includes:
  • the second glaze layer is spaced apart from the first glaze layer
  • Obtaining a ceramic shell with a first pattern according to the ceramic green body and the first patterned layer includes:
  • the second glaze layer is formed by drying a second glaze slurry, wherein the second glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the glaze solution and the viscous agent
  • the range of mass ratio is 1:1 to 3:1;
  • the glaze solution includes metal cation salt and solvent, wherein, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes:
  • the second glaze layer is formed by drying a second glaze slurry, wherein the second glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the glaze solution and the viscous agent
  • the mass ratio ranges from 1:1 to 3:1;
  • the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 50% to 75%.
  • the sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer to obtain the shell with the first pattern and the second pattern includes:
  • the second aspect of the present application provides a ceramic housing, the ceramic housing includes:
  • a housing body comprising a ceramic material, the housing body having an exterior surface;
  • the appearance surface reveals a first pattern, wherein the first pattern is presented by metal cations penetrating into the shell body.
  • the first pattern has:
  • the first pattern part, the grayscale of the first pattern part is the first grayscale, and the thickness of the metal cations in the first pattern part infiltrated into the shell body is the first thickness;
  • the second pattern part, the grayscale of the second pattern part is the second grayscale
  • the thickness of the metal cations in the second pattern part infiltrated into the housing body is the second thickness
  • the second grayscale is greater than the the first grayscale
  • the second thickness is greater than the first thickness
  • the first pattern part is the part with the smallest grayscale in the first pattern, and the range of the first thickness D1 satisfies: 1 ⁇ m ⁇ D1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ m; the second pattern part is the part of the first pattern For the part with the largest gray scale, the range of the second thickness D2 satisfies: 100 ⁇ m ⁇ D2 ⁇ 200 ⁇ m.
  • the first pattern has a first color
  • the housing further has a second pattern
  • the second pattern has a second color
  • a third aspect of the present application provides an electronic device, the electronic device comprising the ceramic case according to the first aspect, or any one of the first aspect, or the second aspect, or any one of the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a method for preparing a ceramic shell, which is used to prepare a ceramic shell 10 (see FIG. 14 ), and the ceramic shell 10 can be applied to an electronic device 1 (see FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 ).
  • the electronic device 1 may be, but not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a desktop computer, a smart bracelet, a smart watch, an e-reader, a game machine and the like with a ceramic housing 10 .
  • the ceramic case 10 When the ceramic case 10 is applied to the electronic device 1 , it may be, but not limited to, the back cover, the middle frame, the decoration and the like of the electronic device 1 .
  • the ceramic shell 10 may be a 2D shell, or a 2.5D shell or a 3D shell.
  • the above introduction is an introduction to an application environment of the ceramic housing 10 , and should not be construed as a limitation to the ceramic housing 10 and the preparation method of the ceramic housing provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the case is described in detail by taking the case as an example of the back cover of the electronic device, which should not be construed as a limitation to the case and the preparation method of the ceramic case provided in the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2(a) to FIG. 2(f) are schematic structural diagrams corresponding to each step in FIG.
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell includes S110, S120 and S130.
  • the details of S110, S120 and S130 are as follows.
  • FIG. 2(c) is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to S110.
  • the first glaze layer 230 is disposed on at least a part or all of the surface of the shell green body 210a. In this embodiment, it is illustrated by taking the first glaze layer 230 disposed on the entire surface of the shell green body 210a as an example. Understandably, it should not constitute a reference to the ceramic shell preparation method provided in this application limited.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of S110 in FIG. 1 .
  • the S110 includes S111, S112 and S113. S111, S112 and S113 are described in detail as follows.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of S111 in FIG. 3 .
  • S111 includes S1111 and S1112, and the details of S1111 and S1112 are as follows.
  • the ceramic powder includes zirconia, alumina, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, silicon nitride, magnesium oxide, chromium oxide, beryllium oxide, vanadium pentoxide, boron trioxide, spinel, oxide At least one of zinc, calcium oxide, mullite, and barium titanate.
  • the average particle diameter range d of the ceramic powder satisfies: 0.2 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • the average particle size of the ceramic powder may be, but not limited to, 0.2 ⁇ m, 0.3 ⁇ m, 0.4 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 0.6 ⁇ m, 0.7 ⁇ m, 0.8 ⁇ m.
  • the particle size of the ceramic powder is too small, which increases the difficulty of preparation, thereby increasing the cost.
  • the ceramic powder is easy to agglomerate to form large particles, which will reduce the quality of the shell green body 210a produced.
  • the mechanical strength of the prepared shell green body 210a will also be reduced, thereby reducing The mechanical strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 . Therefore, when the average particle size range d of the ceramic powder satisfies: 0.2 ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ 0.8 ⁇ m, the prepared shell green body 210a can have better mechanical strength, and then the final prepared ceramic shell 10 has better mechanical strength and lower preparation cost.
  • Average particle size refers to the average value of all particle sizes in the ceramic powder.
  • the mesh of the ceramic granules ranges from 40 mesh to 100 mesh.
  • the mesh of the ceramic granules may be, but not limited to, 40 mesh, 50 mesh, 60 mesh, 70 mesh, 80 mesh, 90 mesh, 100 mesh, etc.
  • the particle size of the ceramic particles ranges from 150 ⁇ m to 380 ⁇ m; specifically, the particle size of the ceramic particles can be, but not limited to, 150 ⁇ m, 180 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 220 ⁇ m, 250 ⁇ m, 280 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 330 ⁇ m, 350 ⁇ m, 380 ⁇ m, etc. .
  • the particle size of the ceramic granules is too small, which increases the difficulty of preparation and thus increases the cost.
  • the ceramic granules are easy to agglomerate to form large particles, which will reduce the density of the prepared ceramic shell 10.
  • Mechanical strength when the particle size of the ceramic particles is too large, for example greater than 0.8 ⁇ m, gaps and air bubbles are likely to remain during the molding of the shell green body 210a, and the mechanical strength of the ceramic shell 10 produced will also be reduced. Therefore, when the particle size of the ceramic particles ranges from 0.2 ⁇ m to 0.8 ⁇ m, the prepared ceramic shell 10 can not only have better mechanical strength, but also have lower manufacturing cost.
  • the BET specific surface area of the ceramic granules is 6m 2 /g to 10m 2 /g.
  • the BET specific surface area of the ceramic pellets may be, but not limited to, 6m 2 /g, 6.5m 2 /g, 7m 2 /g, 7.5m 2 /g, 8m 2 /g, 8.5m 2 / g , 9m 2 /g, 9.5m 2 /g, 10m 2 /g, etc.
  • the BET specific surface area of the ceramic particle size is 6 m 2 /g to 10 m 2 /g, which can make the final prepared ceramic shell 10 have better mechanical strength.
  • the adhesive is at least one of epoxy adhesive (such as epoxy resin) and polyether adhesive.
  • epoxy adhesive such as epoxy resin
  • polyether adhesive the decomposition or volatilization temperature of the binder is lower than the temperature during debinding, so that the binder can be completely eliminated through decomposition or volatilization during debinding, and the residue of the binder can be avoided.
  • the residue of cement causes holes to remain on the ceramic shell blank 210b during the sintering process, so as to avoid reducing the mechanical strength of the formed ceramic shell blank 210b and avoid affecting the appearance of the ceramic shell blank 210b.
  • the weight percentage of the binder ranges from 3% to 5%. Specifically, the weight percentage of the binder may be, but not limited to, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5% and so on.
  • the weight percentage of the binder is 3% to 5%, which means that the weight percentage a of the binder satisfies: 3% ⁇ a ⁇ 5%.
  • the ceramic powder and the binder are weighed according to the preset weight ratio, the ceramic powder and the binder are evenly mixed, and the granulation equipment is used for granulation to obtain ceramic granules.
  • the raw material components of the ceramic granules also include a dispersant, which is used to mix the binder and the ceramic powder more uniformly, and the mixed binder and ceramic powder
  • the mixed system of the body is more stable.
  • the dispersant can be, but not limited to, liquid paraffin and the like.
  • the weight percentage of the dispersant ranges from 1% to 5%, specifically, it can be but not limited to 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, etc. .
  • the preparation method further includes mixing the dispersant, color material, etc., with the ceramic powder and the binder.
  • the molding includes compression molding, or injection molding.
  • the molding of the ceramic particles to obtain the shell green body 210a includes: compression molding at a pressure range of 10MPa to 15MPa, holding the pressure for 10s to 20s, and A shell green body 210a is obtained.
  • the temperature for molding is normal temperature. It should be noted that the normal temperature and room temperature referred to in the embodiments of the present application refer to 25°C, or approximately equal to 25°C.
  • the range of compression molding pressure may be 10MPa, or 11MPa, or 12MPa, or 13MPa, or 14MPa, or 15MPa, etc. If the molding pressure is too small, it will affect the compactness of the obtained shell green body 210a, and even cannot become a shell green body 210a with a complete shape; The mechanical properties of the obtained shell green body 210a are improved, however, the molding pressure is too high, which increases the requirements of the equipment.
  • the pressure holding time may be 10s (seconds), or 12s, or 14s, or 16s, or 18s, or 20s, etc.
  • the longer the holding time the better the compactness and molding condition of the shell green body 210a formed, but too long holding time will affect the production efficiency.
  • the molding is injection molding
  • the ceramic particles are placed in an injection molding machine, and the shell green body 210a is produced by injection molding.
  • FIG. 2(a) shows the shell green body 210a
  • Fig. 2(b) shows that the first Glaze slurry 220.
  • (a) to (e) in FIG. 2 schematically illustrate structures corresponding to each process of preparing the ceramic shell 10 including S112.
  • Setting the first glaze slurry 220 on at least a part of the surface of the shell green body 210a includes: setting the first glaze slurry 220 on a part of the surface of the shell green body 210a, or, The first glaze slurry 220 is provided in the entire area of the surface of the shell green body 210a.
  • the first glaze slurry 220 is provided in a partial area of a surface of the shell green body 210a, or the first glaze slurry is provided in the entire area of a surface of the shell green body 210a 220.
  • it is illustrated by taking the first glaze slurry 220 disposed on the entire area of one surface of the shell green body 210a as an example. Understandably, it should not be construed as a limitation to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first glaze slurry 220 includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1;
  • the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the viscous agent may be, but not limited to, epoxy resin or phenolic resin.
  • the viscous agent is used to make the first glaze slurry 220 have a certain viscosity, so as to facilitate disposing the first glaze slurry 220 on the surface of the shell green body 210a.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1, which may be but not limited to 1:1, or 1.5:1, Or 2:1, or 2.5:1, or 3:1.
  • the mass percentage of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is less than 1:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too high, resulting in high viscosity of the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not conducive to spraying.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is in the range of 1:1 to 3:1, which can avoid the low viscosity of the first glaze slurry 220 caused by The prepared first pattern 130 is poor due to the flow on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and the convenience of disposing the first glaze slurry 220 can be improved.
  • the metal cation salt in the glaze solution includes but not limited to one or more of iron ion salt, cobalt ion salt, and nickel ion salt.
  • the metal cation salt includes one or more of Fe 2 (C 2 O 4 ) 3 , CoC 2 O 4 , NiC 2 O 4 , NiCO 3 , and Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl. It should be noted that the so-called multiple means that the types are greater than or equal to two types.
  • the cobalt ion salt may include, but not limited to, divalent cobalt ion salt or trivalent cobalt ion salt.
  • the solvent may be, but not limited to, ethyl acetate, or ethylene glycol, or butanol, or toluene, as long as the solvent can dissolve the metal cation salt.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent can be but not limited to: 5%, or 10%, or 15%, or 20%, or 25%, or 30%, or 35%, or 40% %, or 45%, or 50%, or 55%, or 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%, or 75%, or 80%, or 90%, or 95%.
  • the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent is less than 5%, the proportion of the metal cation salt is small, which will lead to a lighter color (that is, a smaller gray scale) of the first pattern 130 finally prepared. ), even the color is not obvious.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is greater than 95%, the metal cation salt is too much, and the solvent may not be able to completely dissolve the metal cation salt. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%, which can take into account the color gray scale of the first pattern 130 that is finally prepared, and the solvent dissolves the metal cation salt. ability.
  • the shell green body 210a since the first glaze solution is provided on the surface of the shell green body 210a in the embodiment of the present application, the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, compared with after sintering, The gaps between the ceramic particles in the shell green body 210a that has not been sintered are relatively large, therefore, the metal cations 120 in the first glaze solution can easily enter the gaps between the ceramic particles, and even into the interior of the ceramic particles. In other words, the shell green body 210a is relatively less dense, therefore, the first glaze solution can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily.
  • the first glaze solution can enter the shell relatively easily.
  • the inside of the body green body 210a so that the final prepared ceramic shell 10 has the first pattern 130 with better quality (for example, the gray scale is more obvious).
  • the first glaze slurry 220 when the first glaze slurry 220 is provided on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a, due to the tolerance during the setting, the There may also be tolerances in the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 on the surface of the green body 210a. Since the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, the first glaze slurry 220 can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. Therefore, the different thicknesses of the first glaze slurry 220 on the surface of the shell green body 210a will lead to slightly different gray scales or even patterns of the first pattern 130 of the finally prepared ceramic shell 10, so that the prepared ceramic shell 10 presented unique features. For example, when the first pattern 130 is a marble texture, the grayscale or even the pattern of the marble texture in different ceramic shells 10 is slightly different, so that the ceramic shell 10 presents the texture of natural marble.
  • the method of disposing the first glaze slurry 220 on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a may be, but not limited to: spray coating, flow coating, printing, brush coating and the like.
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 set on the shell green body 210a and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the glaze in the first glaze slurry 220 The mass ratio of solution and viscous agent is related.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 is in the range of 1:1 When the ratio is 3:1, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 may be, but not limited to, 2 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m, or 7 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m, or 12 ⁇ m, or 15 ⁇ m, or 17 ⁇ m, or 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 are certain. In some cases, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is related to the maximum value of the gray scale of the first pattern 130 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 are certain. Situation: when the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thicker the first glaze slurry 220 is, the maximum grayscale of the first pattern 130 of the final ceramic shell 10 will be The larger the value is; correspondingly, when the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is thinner, the final prepared first pattern 130 of the ceramic housing 10 The smaller the maximum gray value of .
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 In the case of a certain mass ratio: when the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the maximum grayscale change of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 increases as the first glaze The thickness of the slurry 220 changes to a lesser extent, or even does not change at all.
  • the threshold thickness may be, but not limited to, 20 ⁇ m, or 25 ⁇ m, or 30 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the time required for subsequent patterning of the first glaze layer 230 obtained from the first glaze slurry 220 by laser is shorter. Therefore, it takes a long time to prepare the ceramic shell 10, and the manufacturing efficiency decreases.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m, on the one hand, it can meet the requirements of the grayscale of the first preset pattern of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 , on the other hand, it can take into account the time required for subsequent patterning of the first glaze layer 230 obtained from the first glaze slurry 220 with a laser, so that the effect of preparing the ceramic shell 10 is better.
  • the first glaze layer 230 is formed by drying the first glaze slurry 220 .
  • the first glaze slurry 220 may also be air-dried, volatilized, or vacuumed to form the first glaze layer 230 .
  • FIG. 2(c) is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 1 after S130.
  • the shell green body 210a set in the first glaze slurry 220 is dried, the solvent in the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220 is volatilized, and the remaining metal cation salt and the viscous agent are The first glaze layer 230 is formed.
  • the time and temperature required for drying the shell green body 210 a provided with the first glaze slurry 220 are related to the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 .
  • the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m, and the first glaze slurry 220 is dried to obtain the first glaze layer 230,
  • the method includes: baking at 80° C. to 150° C. for 20 minutes to 50 minutes to form the first glaze layer 230 on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210 a.
  • the baking temperature is 80°C to 150°C, then the baking temperature includes but not limited to 80°C, or 90°C, or 100°C, or 110°C, or 120°C, or 130°C, or 140°C, or 150°C °C.
  • the baking time is 20 minutes to 50 minutes, and the baking time includes but is not limited to 20 minutes, or 25 minutes, or 30 minutes, or 35 minutes, or 40 minutes, or 45 minutes, or 50 minutes.
  • Drying the shell green body 210a provided with the first glaze slurry 220 is to volatilize the solvent in the first glaze slurry 220 so that the metal cation salt is fixed on the shell green body.
  • the surface of the blank 210a is convenient for subsequent patterning.
  • the higher the baking temperature the shorter the baking time; correspondingly, the lower the baking temperature, the longer the baking time.
  • Patterning the first glaze layer 230 to form the first patterned layer 240 may be, but not limited to, laser engraving, or texture embossing, or masking and etching.
  • FIG. 2( d ) is a schematic diagram of the structure after S130 in FIG. 1 .
  • S130 will be introduced in detail.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of S120 in FIG. 1 in an implementation manner.
  • S120 includes S121, S122, and S123, and S121, S122, and S123 are described in detail as follows.
  • the style of the preset pattern determines the style of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the style of the preset pattern is the same as that of the first pattern 130 of the finally prepared ceramic shell 10 , and the gray scale is the same.
  • the style of the preset pattern is similar to the style of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic housing 10, for example, the style of the preset pattern is similar to the style of the final prepared ceramic housing 10.
  • the style of the first pattern 130 is a proportional relationship (such as zooming in to a preset multiple, or reducing to a preset multiple).
  • the grayscale of the preset pattern is similar to the grayscale of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the preset pattern includes a texture pattern or a gradient pattern. Therefore, the prepared first pattern 130 of the ceramic shell 10 includes a textured pattern, or a gradient pattern. In other words, the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 includes a texture effect, or a gradient effect.
  • the preset pattern may include a plurality of textures arranged according to a preset rule, for example, a plurality of lines arranged according to a preset rule (for example, straight line segments, or arcs) ends, or hyperbola segments), or multiple figures arranged according to preset rules (for example, triangles, or quadrilaterals, or circles, or circular rings).
  • a preset rule for example, straight line segments, or arcs
  • multiple figures arranged according to preset rules for example, triangles, or quadrilaterals, or circles, or circular rings.
  • the preset pattern includes a gradient pattern, it may include an ink gradient pattern, or a marble texture gradient pattern, and the like.
  • the laser engraving equipment may be, but not limited to, infrared laser engraving equipment, or ultraviolet laser engraving equipment.
  • the laser output by the laser engraving device is an infrared laser or an ultraviolet laser.
  • the precision of the laser engraving equipment determines the style precision of the final prepared first pattern 130 .
  • the laser output by the laser engraving equipment is an infrared laser, for example, the spot diameter of the infrared laser is 0.08mm, or the spot diameter of the infrared laser is about is 0.08mm.
  • the laser engraving equipment is an ultraviolet laser engraving equipment
  • the laser output by the laser engraving equipment is an ultraviolet laser, for example, the spot diameter of the ultraviolet laser is 0.03mm, or the spot diameter of the ultraviolet laser is 0.03mm. It can be seen that the spot diameter of the ultraviolet laser is smaller than the spot diameter of the infrared laser. That is, the precision of the ultraviolet patterning device is higher than that of the infrared patterning device.
  • the laser spot can also be adjusted according to the fineness of each part of the first pattern 130 to be presented.
  • the part P and the other part P' of the first pattern 130 that need to be prepared have different fineness.
  • the fineness of the part P is the first fineness
  • the fineness of the other part P' is the second fineness; if the first fineness is greater than the second fineness, then for the part P
  • the size of the patterned light spot is smaller than the size of the patterned light spot of the other portion P'.
  • S122 Control the power of the laser output by the laser engraving device according to the preset pattern. Different grayscales in the preset pattern correspond to different powers of the laser, wherein the parts with larger grayscales correspond to The power of the laser is lower.
  • the larger the grayscale of the part in the preset pattern, the lower the power of the corresponding laser then, when the laser patterns the corresponding part in the first glaze layer 230, the removed part The less, the more left over. The more the remaining parts are, the more cations there are in the remaining parts, which leads to the greater grayscale of the corresponding parts in the first pattern 130 in the prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the power of the corresponding laser is selected according to the gray scale of the preset pattern, so as to form the gray color of the preset pattern.
  • degree corresponding to the first patterned layer 240 wherein, the thicker part of the first patterned layer 240 corresponds to the larger gray part of the preset pattern, and the thinner part of the first patterned layer 240 The part corresponds to a part with a small gray scale in the preset pattern.
  • the part of the first glaze layer 230 corresponding to the part with the highest grayscale in the preset pattern Laser irradiation may or may not be performed on the site, and whether irradiation is required depends on the thickness of the first glaze layer 230 and the amount of metal cations 120 in the first glaze layer 230 .
  • the position in the first glaze layer 230 corresponding to the position with the smallest grayscale in the preset pattern may or may not be irradiated with laser.
  • the thickness of the layer 230 is related to the amount of metal cations 120 in the first glaze layer 230 . As long as it is satisfied, the grayscale of the first pattern 130 in the finally prepared ceramic shell 10 is consistent with the grayscale of the preset pattern.
  • the laser power output by the laser engraving device corresponding to the part with the highest gray scale in the preset pattern is 0%;
  • the laser power output by the laser engraving equipment at the part with the smallest gray scale is 100%.
  • the laser when using the laser to irradiate the first glaze layer 230, it can be irradiated along a preset path, for example, the first glaze layer 230 includes one end opposite to the other end , then, the preset path may be from the one end of the first glaze layer 230 to the other end of the first glaze layer 230 .
  • the laser is used to irradiate the first glaze layer 230, which can be irradiated according to the grayscale of the preset pattern, for example, the grayscale in the preset pattern can be irradiated first.
  • the largest part is irradiated to the first glaze layer 230, and then the corresponding part in the first glaze layer 230 is irradiated gradually according to the decrease of the gray scale in the preset pattern.
  • the first glaze layer 230 may be irradiated according to the position with the smallest grayscale in the preset pattern first, and then gradually irradiated according to the increase in grayscale in the preset pattern.
  • the corresponding parts in the first glaze layer 230 are irradiated.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of S130 in FIG. 1 .
  • S130 includes S130a and S130b, and details of S130a and S130b are as follows.
  • the shell green body 210a provided with the first patterned layer 240 is sintered. During the sintering process, the viscous agent in the first patterned layer 240 volatilizes, and the metal in the first patterned layer 240 The cations 120 permeate (infiltrate) into the interior of the case green body 210a through the surface of the case green body 210a.
  • the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is larger; correspondingly, when the part in the corresponding first patterned layer 240 in the shell green body 210a The thinner it is, the less metal cations 120 permeate into the interior of the shell green body 210 a , and therefore, the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is smaller.
  • the metal cations 120 penetrate into the shell green body 210a after sintering the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240, When debinding and sintering the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240, the metal cations 120 develop color in the ceramic shell blank 210b, thereby forming a certain color (such as the first pattern 130 It has the decorative effect of the first color).
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow diagram of S130 a in FIG. 6 .
  • S130a includes S131a, S132a and S133a, and S131a, S132a and S133a are described in detail as follows.
  • the debinding time ranges from 2h to 3h, so that the binder in the shell green body 210a is discharged .
  • the pressure during debinding is normal pressure. It should be noted that the normal pressure referred to in the embodiments of the present application generally refers to standard atmospheric pressure.
  • the dispersant When the raw material components of the shell green body 210a also include a dispersant, the dispersant also decomposes or volatilizes during debinding, thereby being eliminated.
  • normal pressure referred to in the embodiments of the present application generally refers to standard atmospheric pressure.
  • the debinding time and sintering time do not include the time required for heating up and cooling down.
  • lowering the temperature is to lower the temperature to room temperature, so-called room temperature, in one embodiment, is 25°C or about 25°C.
  • the debinding temperature is 800°C to 950°C, specifically, but not limited to, 800°C, or 820°C, or 840°C, or 860°C, or 880°C, or 900°C, or 920°C, or 940°C, or 950°C, etc.
  • the adhesive removal time will be too long, which will affect the production efficiency, and even cannot be completely removed, and it is easy to leave pores on the shell blank 210a during sintering, which will affect the obtained shell blank 210a
  • the temperature of debinding is too high, the adhesive will decompose or volatilize too violently, and air bubbles will easily remain in the shell blank 210a, which will affect the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a.
  • the debinding temperature is too high High, ceramics may crystallize prematurely, and also reduce the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a.
  • the degumming time is 2h (hour) to 3h, specifically, but not limited to 120min (minute), or 130min, or 140min, or 150min, or 160min, or 170min, or 180min, etc. . If the deglue time is too short, the degumming will be incomplete, and air bubbles may remain in the shell blank 210a. If the degumming time is too short, the production efficiency will be affected.
  • the sintering temperature ranges from 1350°C to 1500°C; specifically, it may be but not limited to 1350°C, or 1380°C, or 1400°C, or 1420°C, or 1450°C, or 1480°C, or 1500°C °C and so on. If the sintering temperature is too low, the shell blank 210a will not be porcelained; if the sintering temperature is too high, it will easily cause overfiring, which will affect the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a.
  • the sintering time ranges from 8h to 10h; specifically, but is not limited to 8h, or 8.5h, or 9h, or 9.5h, or 10h, etc. If the sintering time of the shell green body 210a is too long, the ceramic grains may grow too large, which is not conducive to improving the mechanical strength of the shell green body 210a. If the sintering time of the shell green body 210a is too short, the density between the ceramic powder Insufficient properties may lead to insufficient ceramic formation, which will also affect the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a produced.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of S130b in FIG. 6 .
  • S130b includes S131b and S132b, and S131b and S132b are described in detail as follows.
  • CNC Computerized numerical control machining
  • S132b is specifically as follows: Grinding and polishing the surface of the ceramic housing 10 with the predetermined size where the first pattern 130 is exposed to obtain a ceramic housing 10, wherein the ceramic housing 10 The surface glossiness exposing the first pattern 130 is 130Gu to 160Gu.
  • the preset dimensions include, but are not limited to, width, length, thickness, curvature and the like.
  • the preset size is determined according to the size of the electronic device 1 to which the ceramic housing 10 is applied.
  • the length*width of the ceramic housing 10 may be, but not limited to, 140mm*70mm, or 150mm*80mm.
  • the ceramic shell blank 210b obtained by sintering the shell green body 210a provided with the first patterned layer 240 has the first pattern 130 obtained by processing the ceramic shell blank 210b.
  • the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.2 mm to 1.0 mm.
  • the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.2mm, or 0.25mm, or 0.3mm, or 0.35mm, or 0.4mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.55mm, or 0.6mm, or 0.65 mm, or 0.7mm, or 0.75mm, or 0.8mm, or 0.85mm, or 0.9mm, or 0.95mm, or 1.0mm.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is 1 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 is 1 ⁇ m, or 1.5 ⁇ m, or 2 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m, or 15 ⁇ m, or 20 ⁇ m, or 30 ⁇ m, or 40 ⁇ m, Or 50 ⁇ m, or 60 ⁇ m, or 70 ⁇ m, or 80 ⁇ m, or 90 ⁇ m, or 100 ⁇ m, or 110 ⁇ m, or 120 ⁇ m, or 130 ⁇ m, or 140 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m, or 160 ⁇ m, or 170 ⁇ m, or 180 ⁇ m, or 190 ⁇ m, or 200 ⁇ m, or 210 ⁇ m , or 220 ⁇ m, or 230 ⁇ m, or 240 ⁇ m, or 250 ⁇ m, or 260 ⁇ m, or 270 ⁇ m, or 280 ⁇ m, or 290 ⁇ m, or 300 ⁇ m.
  • the ceramic shell blank 210b obtained by sintering the shell green body 210a provided with the first patterned layer 240 has the first pattern 130 obtained by processing the ceramic shell blank 210b.
  • the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 35mm to 0.55mm.
  • the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.35mm, or 0.38mm, or 0.4mm, or 0.42mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.48mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.55mm.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is 1 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 is 1 ⁇ m, or 1.5 ⁇ m, or 2 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m, or 15 ⁇ m, or 20 ⁇ m, or 30 ⁇ m, or 40 ⁇ m, Or 50 ⁇ m, or 60 ⁇ m, or 70 ⁇ m, or 80 ⁇ m, or 90 ⁇ m, or 100 ⁇ m, or 110 ⁇ m, or 120 ⁇ m, or 130 ⁇ m, or 140 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m, or 160 ⁇ m, or 170 ⁇ m, or 180 ⁇ m, or 190 ⁇ m, or 200 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic housing 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 and the minimum gray scale is 1 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m, and the thickness of the part of the ceramic housing 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 and the maximum gray scale The thickness is 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 that is infiltrated by the metal cation 120 and has the minimum gray scale is 1 ⁇ m, or 1.2 ⁇ m, or 1.5 ⁇ m, or 1.8 ⁇ m or 2 ⁇ m; correspondingly, the ceramic shell
  • the thickness of the part of the body 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 with the maximum gray scale is 100 ⁇ m, or 105 ⁇ m, or 110 ⁇ m, or 115 ⁇ m, or 120 ⁇ m, or 125 ⁇ m, or 130 ⁇ m, or 135 ⁇ m, or 140 ⁇ m, or 145 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m, or 155 ⁇ m, or 160 ⁇ m, or 165 ⁇ m, or 170 ⁇ m, or 175 ⁇ m, or 180 ⁇ m, or 185 ⁇ m, or 190 ⁇ m, or 195 ⁇ m, or 200 ⁇ m.
  • the glossiness (60° angle test) of the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is 130Gu to 160Gu.
  • the glossiness of the ceramic shell 10 may be, but not limited to, 130Gu, 135Gu, 140Gu, 145Gu, 150Gu, 155Gu, 160Gu, and the like.
  • the gloss of the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is too low (for example, lower than 110Gu), the gloss of the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is not obvious, which affects the texture of the ceramic housing 10; when the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is When the gloss is too high (for example higher than 160Gu), the cost and process difficulty of preparing the surface of the ceramic shell 10 will be increased.
  • the glossiness of the surface of the ceramic casing 10 is 110Gu to 160Gu, the surface of the ceramic casing 10 has a good glossiness and is easy to manufacture.
  • the Vickers hardness of the ceramic housing 10 of the present application may be, but not limited to, 1200HV to 1400HV. Specifically, it may be, but not limited to, 1200HV, 1230HV, 1250HV, 1280HV, 1300HV, 1320HV, 1350HV, 1380HV, 1400HV, etc.
  • the metal cations 120 in the first patterned layer 240 permeate into the shell green body 210a, when the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240 are debinding and sintered, the metal cations 120 develops color in the ceramic shell blank 210b, and the infiltration of metal cations 120 has little effect on the structural strength of the ceramic shell 10 .
  • the hardness of the portion of the ceramic housing 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is equivalent to the hardness of the portion of the ceramic housing 10 that is not infiltrated by the metal cations 120, so that the final prepared ceramic The strength of each part of the housing 10 is comparable.
  • the method for preparing a ceramic shell provides a first glaze layer 230 on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and uses a laser to pattern the first glaze layer 230 to form a first pattern.
  • Layer 240 When the ceramic shell 10 provided with the first patterned layer 240 is sintered, the metal cations 120 in the first patterned layer 240 permeate (infiltrate) into the ceramic shell blank 210b as the color-developing substance 120 And color.
  • the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is larger; correspondingly, when the corresponding part in the first patterned layer 240 in the shell green body 210a The thinner it is, the less metal cations 120 permeate into the interior of the ceramic shell blank 210 b , therefore, the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is smaller.
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided by the embodiment of the present application can control the thickness of each part in the first patterned layer 240, that is, control the content of the metal cations 120 permeating into the ceramic shell 10, thereby forming It has a decorative effect that a certain color (for example, the first pattern 130 has the first color) changes according to the grayscale gradient.
  • the method for preparing the ceramic shell provided by the embodiment of the present application can take into account the change of the color grayscale of the first pattern 130 in the ceramic shell 10 and the change of the first pattern 130 when the first pattern 130 is formed. Fineness, hardness of the ceramic shell 10 , and surface gloss of the ceramic shell 10 , and thus the appearance of the prepared ceramic shell 10 is better.
  • the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, and the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240 are subjected to debinding and sintering, thereby avoiding multiple times (such as greater than or equal to 2 times) sintering on the strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the ceramic shell 10 is sintered twice or more during the preparation process, the crystal grain size in the ceramic shell 10 will grow during the second and subsequent sintering, which will affect the final formation of the ceramic shell 10.
  • the strength of the ceramic housing 10 provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below.
  • the falling ball strength is used to characterize the strength of an object to be tested (the object to be tested in this application is the ceramic shell 10 ).
  • the so-called falling ball strength means that a steel ball with a weight of 32g is dropped from a preset height from the object to be tested to the center of the object to be tested and smashed 5 times continuously to observe whether the object to be tested is cracked or not. open. If the object to be tested is not cracked, add another 5cm (centimeter) on the basis of the preset height, re-execute falling to the center line of the object to be tested, and drop it 5 times continuously, and observe the object to be tested Whether it is cracked.
  • the height of the steel ball from the object to be tested during the N-1 test is the maximum height that the object to be tested can bear, and the maximum height Known as the falling ball strength.
  • the steel ball is dropped to the center of the ceramic shell 10 at a height of 1060 cm from the ceramic shell, and smashed 5 times in a row. If the ceramic shell 10 is not cracked, continue to rise by 5 cm. Proceed to the next round of testing. That is, the steel ball is dropped to the center of the ceramic housing 10 at a height of 1065 cm from the ceramic housing, and smashed 5 times in a row. If the ceramic housing 10 is not cracked, the next round of testing is performed. That is, the steel ball is dropped to the center of the ceramic housing 10 at a height of 1065 cm from the ceramic housing, and smashed 5 times in a row.
  • the height of the ceramic housing 1065 cm is the maximum height that the ceramic housing 10 can bear, that is, the falling ball strength of the steel ball is 65 cm.
  • multiple ceramic shells 10 are usually selected for testing, and the average value of the falling ball strength of the multiple ceramic shells 10 is taken as the average value of the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 .
  • the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm; the greater the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 , the greater the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 .
  • the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.33mm, the average value of the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is 50cm to 55cm; when the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.55mm, the The average drop strength is 85cm to 88cm. Therefore, when the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm, the average falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is 50 cm to 88 cm.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 10( a ) to FIG. 10( g ) are structural schematic diagrams corresponding to each step in FIG. 9 .
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S10 and S20, and details of S10 and S20 are as follows.
  • S10 When the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S10, S10 may be performed before S110, or S10 may be performed after S110, or S10 and S110 may be performed simultaneously.
  • S10 after S110 As an example, which should not be construed as a limitation to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Patterning the second glaze layer 260 to form the second patterned layer 270 may be, but not limited to, laser engraving, or texture embossing, or masking and etching.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of S10 in FIG. 9 .
  • S10 includes S11 and S12, and the detailed description of S11 and S12 is as follows.
  • S11 disposing a second glaze slurry 250 on a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a.
  • S10 includes S11
  • S110 includes S112
  • S11 may be located after S112, or S11 may be located before S112, or S11 and S112 are performed synchronously.
  • FIG. 10(a) for the shell blank 210a
  • FIG. 10(b) for the structure diagram corresponding to S11.
  • the second glaze slurry 250 includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1;
  • the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, epoxy resin or phenolic resin.
  • the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not limited in this application.
  • the viscous agent is used to make the second glaze slurry 250 have a certain viscosity, so as to facilitate disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1, which may be but not limited to 1:1, or 1.5:1, Or 2:1, or 2.5:1, or 3:1.
  • the mass percentage of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is less than 1:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too high, resulting in high viscosity of the second glaze slurry 250 , which is not conducive to spraying.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is in the range of 1:1 to 3:1, which can avoid the second glaze slurry 250 having a low viscosity.
  • the prepared second pattern 140 is poor due to the flow on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and the convenience of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 can be improved.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 to the viscous agent may be the same as the mass ratio of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220 to the viscous agent, or may be different, and are not limited in this application.
  • the metal cation salt in the glaze solution includes but not limited to one or more of iron ion salt, cobalt ion salt, and nickel ion salt.
  • the metal cation salt includes one or more of Fe 2 (C 2 O 4 ) 3 , CoC 2 O 4 , NiC 2 O 4 , NiCO 3 , and Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl. It should be noted that the so-called multiple means that the types are greater than or equal to two types.
  • the cobalt ion salt may include, but not limited to, divalent cobalt ion salt or trivalent cobalt ion salt.
  • the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 is different from the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220, so that the final prepared first pattern
  • the first color of 130 is different from the second color of the second pattern 140 .
  • the solvent may be, but not limited to, ethyl acetate, or ethylene glycol, or butanol, or toluene, as long as the solvent can dissolve the metal cation salt.
  • the solvent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the solvent in the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not limited in this application.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent can be but not limited to: 5%, or 10%, or 15%, or 20%, or 25%, or 30%, or 35%, or 40% %, or 45%, or 50%, or 55%, or 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%, or 75%, or 80%, or 90%, or 95%.
  • the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent is less than 5%, the proportion of the metal cation salt is small, which will lead to a lighter color (that is, a smaller gray scale) of the second pattern 140 finally prepared. ), even the color is not obvious.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is greater than 95%, the metal cation salt is too much, and the solvent may not be able to completely dissolve the metal cation salt. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%, which can take into account the color gray scale of the second pattern 140 that is finally prepared, and the solvent dissolves the metal cation salt. ability.
  • the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220.
  • the weight percentages of the solvents are the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment.
  • the second glaze solution is provided on the surface of the shell green body 210a in the embodiment of the present application, the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, compared with after sintering, The gaps between the ceramic particles in the shell green body 210a that has not been sintered are relatively large, therefore, the metal cations 120 in the second glaze solution can easily enter the gaps between the ceramic particles, and even into the interior of the ceramic particles. In other words, the ceramic green body is relatively less dense, therefore, the second glaze solution can easily enter into the shell green body 210a.
  • the second glaze solution can enter the shell relatively easily. body green body 210a, so that the final prepared ceramic shell 10 has the second pattern 140 with better quality (for example, more obvious grayscale).
  • the second glaze slurry 250 when the second glaze slurry 250 is provided on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a, due to the tolerance of the setting, the second glaze slurry 250 is placed on the shell There may also be tolerances in the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the green body 210a. Since the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, the second glaze slurry 250 can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. Therefore, the different thicknesses of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a will lead to slightly different gray scales or even patterns of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10, so that the prepared ceramic shell 10 presented unique features. For example, when the second pattern 140 is a marble texture, the grayscale or even the pattern of the marble texture in different ceramic shells 10 is slightly different, so that the ceramic shell 10 presents the texture of natural marble.
  • the method of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a may be, but not limited to: spray coating, flow coating, printing, brush coating and the like.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 set on the shell green body 210a and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the glaze in the second glaze slurry 250 The mass ratio of solution and viscous agent is related.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 is in the range of 1:1 When the ratio is 3:1, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, 2 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m, or 7 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m, or 12 ⁇ m, or 15 ⁇ m, or 17 ⁇ m, or 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. In some cases, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is related to the maximum value of the gray scale of the second pattern 140 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. Situation: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thicker the second glaze slurry 250 is, the maximum grayscale of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 The larger the value is; correspondingly, when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is thinner, the second pattern 140 of the ceramic shell 10 finally prepared The smaller the maximum gray value of .
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 In the case of a certain mass ratio: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the maximum grayscale change of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 increases with the second glaze The thickness of the slurry 250 changes to a lesser extent, or even does not change at all.
  • the threshold thickness may be, but not limited to, 20 ⁇ m, or 25 ⁇ m, or 30 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 by laser is shorter. Therefore, it takes a long time to prepare the ceramic shell 10, and the manufacturing efficiency decreases.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m, on the one hand, it can meet the requirements of the gray scale of the second preset pattern of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 , on the other hand, it can take into account the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 with a laser, so that the effect of preparing the ceramic shell 10 is better.
  • S12 When S10 includes S12, and S110 includes S113, S12 may be located before S113, or S12 may be located after S113, or S12 and S113 are performed simultaneously, which is not limited in this embodiment. In this implementation manner, S12 and S113 are performed synchronously as an example for description. It can be understood that when S12 and S113 are performed synchronously, the drying time can be saved, which is beneficial to shorten the time for preparing the ceramic shell 10 . Please refer to Figure 10(b) and Figure 10(c).
  • the shell green body 210a set in the second glaze slurry 250 is dried, the solvent in the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 is volatilized, and the remaining metal cation salt and the viscous agent are The second glaze layer 260 is formed.
  • the time and temperature required for drying the shell green body 210 a provided with the second glaze slurry 250 are related to the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 .
  • S12 specifically includes: baking at 80°C to 150°C for 20 minutes to 50 minutes, so as to form the second glaze on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a Layer 260.
  • the baking temperature is 80°C to 150°C, then the baking temperature includes but not limited to 80°C, or 90°C, or 100°C, or 110°C, or 120°C, or 130°C, or 140°C, or 150°C °C.
  • the baking time is 20 minutes to 50 minutes, and the baking time includes but is not limited to 20 minutes, or 25 minutes, or 30 minutes, or 35 minutes, or 40 minutes, or 45 minutes, or 50 minutes.
  • Drying the shell green body 210a provided with the second glaze slurry 250 is to volatilize the solvent in the second glaze slurry 250 so that the metal cation salt is fixed on the shell green body.
  • the surface of the blank 210a is convenient for subsequent laser patterning.
  • the higher the baking temperature the shorter the baking time; correspondingly, the lower the baking temperature, the longer the baking time.
  • S20 When the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S20, S20 may be located before S120, or S20 may be located after S120, or S20 and S120 may be performed simultaneously.
  • S20 after S120 As an example, which should not be construed as a limitation to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • S20 please refer to FIG. 10(d) for the corresponding structure.
  • S130 includes S130', and S130' is described in detail as follows.
  • S140' processing the ceramic shell blank 210b to obtain a ceramic shell 10 with a predetermined size and having a first pattern 130 and a second pattern 140, wherein the first pattern 130 has a first color, and The second pattern 140 has a second color.
  • the first color is different from the second color.
  • the first color is gray and the second color is red; or, the first color is gray and the second color is yellow.
  • Fig. 10(f) and Fig. 10(g) for the structure corresponding to S140', wherein Fig. 10(g) is a cross-sectional view along line A-A of Fig. 10(f).
  • the method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application includes S110, S10, S120, S20, S130' and S140'.
  • Fig. 10(a) to Fig. 10(g) are schematic structural diagrams corresponding to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in another embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to FIG. 12 .
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell includes S110, S120, S130, and S140, and between S130 and S140, the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S1, S2, and S3.
  • the preparation method of the ceramic shell includes S110, S120, S130, S1, S2, S3 and S140.
  • S1, S2 and S3 are described in detail as follows.
  • the ceramic shell blank 210b has a first pattern 130, please refer to FIG. 13(a).
  • the second glaze layer 260 is formed by drying the second glaze slurry 250 disposed on the ceramic shell blank 210b.
  • FIG. 13(b) for setting the second glaze slurry 250 on the ceramic shell blank 210b
  • FIG. 13(c) for a schematic view of the structure after S1.
  • the second glaze layer 260 may be disposed on a part or all of the ceramic shell blank 210b.
  • the second glaze layer 260 in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in this embodiment is basically the same as the second glaze layer 260 in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the previous embodiment.
  • the second glaze layer 260 is disposed on the shell green body 210a, and in this embodiment, the second glaze layer 260 is disposed on the ceramic shell green body 210b.
  • the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  • the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 50% to 75%.
  • the second glaze slurry 250 includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3 : 1; the glaze solution comprises a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 50% to 75%.
  • the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, epoxy resin or phenolic resin.
  • the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220, which is not limited in this application.
  • the viscous agent is used to make the second glaze slurry 250 have a certain viscosity, so as to facilitate disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1, which may be but not limited to 1:1, or 1.5:1, Or 2:1, or 2.5:1, or 3:1.
  • the mass percentage of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is less than 1:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too high, resulting in high viscosity of the second glaze slurry 250 , which is not conducive to spraying.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is in the range of 1:1 to 3:1, which can avoid the second glaze slurry 250 having a low viscosity.
  • the prepared second pattern 140 is poor due to the flow on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and the convenience of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 can be improved.
  • the mass ratio of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 to the viscous agent may be the same as the mass ratio of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220 to the viscous agent, or may be different, and are not limited in this application.
  • the metal cation salt in the glaze solution includes but not limited to one or more of iron ion salt, cobalt ion salt, and nickel ion salt.
  • the metal cation salt includes one or more of Fe 2 (C 2 O 4 ) 3 , CoC 2 O 4 , NiC 2 O 4 , NiCO 3 , and Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl. It should be noted that the so-called multiple means that the types are greater than or equal to two types.
  • the cobalt ion salt may include, but not limited to, divalent cobalt ion salt or trivalent cobalt ion salt.
  • the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 is different from the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220, so that the final prepared first pattern
  • the first color of 130 is different from the second color of the second pattern 140 .
  • the solvent may be, but not limited to, ethyl acetate, or ethylene glycol, or butanol, or toluene, as long as the solvent can dissolve the metal cation salt.
  • the solvent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the solvent in the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not limited in this application.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 50% to 75%, which can be but not limited to: 50%, or 55%, 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%.
  • the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent is less than 50%, the proportion of the metal cation salt is small, which will lead to a lighter color (that is, a smaller grayscale) of the first pattern 130 finally prepared. ), even the color is not obvious.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is greater than 75%, the metal cation salt is too much, and the solvent may not be able to completely dissolve the metal cation salt. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 50% to 75%, which can take into account the color gray scale of the first pattern 130 that is finally prepared, and the solvent dissolves the metal cation salt. ability.
  • the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220.
  • the weight percentages of the solvents are the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment.
  • the method of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on a partial area of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b may be, but not limited to: spray coating, flow coating, printing, brush coating and the like.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 set on the ceramic shell blank 210b and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the glaze in the second glaze slurry 250 The mass ratio of feed solution and viscous agent is related.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 50% to 75%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 is in the range of 1:1 When the ratio is 3:1, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, 2 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m, or 7 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m, or 12 ⁇ m, or 15 ⁇ m, or 17 ⁇ m, or 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. In some cases, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is related to the maximum value of the gray scale of the second pattern 140 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. Situation: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thicker the second glaze slurry 250 is, the maximum grayscale of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 The larger the value is; correspondingly, when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is thinner, the second pattern 140 of the ceramic shell 10 finally prepared The smaller the maximum gray value of .
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 In the case of a certain mass ratio: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the maximum grayscale change of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 increases with the second glaze The thickness of the slurry 250 changes to a lesser extent, or even does not change at all.
  • the threshold thickness may be, but not limited to, 20 ⁇ m, or 25 ⁇ m, or 30 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 by laser is shorter. Therefore, it takes a long time to prepare the ceramic shell 10, and the manufacturing efficiency decreases.
  • the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 50% to 75%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250
  • the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 ⁇ m, on the one hand, it can meet the requirements of the gray scale of the second preset pattern of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 , on the other hand, it can take into account the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 with a laser, so that the effect of preparing the ceramic shell 10 is better.
  • the second glaze slurry 250 when the second glaze slurry 250 is provided on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a, due to the tolerance of the setting, the second glaze slurry 250 is placed on the shell There may also be tolerances in the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the green body 210a. Since the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, the second glaze slurry 250 can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. Therefore, the different thicknesses of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a will lead to slightly different gray scales or even patterns of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10, so that the prepared ceramic shell 10 presented unique features. For example, when the second pattern 140 is a marble texture, the grayscale or even the pattern of the marble texture in different ceramic shells 10 is slightly different, so that the ceramic shell 10 presents the texture of natural marble.
  • the method of patterning the second glaze layer 260 to form the second patterned layer 270 may be, but not limited to, laser engraving, or texture embossing, or masking and etching.
  • the shape of the second patterned layer 270 in this embodiment may be the same as or different from the shape of the second patterned layer 270 provided in the previous embodiment.
  • the shape of the second patterned layer 270 described in the method is different from the shape of the second patterned layer 270 provided in the previous embodiment as an example, and it should not be understood as an explanation of the method for preparing the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application. limited.
  • the second glaze layer 260 is disposed on the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b where the first pattern 130 is exposed, and completely covers the surface where the first pattern 130 is located. hint. In other embodiments, the first pattern 130 may be located on the left area of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b, then the second glaze layer 260 is located on the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b right area. The present application does not limit the positions of the second glaze slurry 250 and the second glaze layer 260 relative to the first pattern 130 .
  • FIG. 13(e) is a schematic diagram of the structure after S3;
  • FIG. 13(f) is a schematic cross-sectional view along line B-B in FIG. 13(e).
  • the first color is different from the second color.
  • the ceramic shell blank 210b is formed by sintering the shell green blank 210a, and the ceramic shell blank 210b is denser than the shell green blank 210a.
  • the permeability of the second glaze solution in the ceramic shell blank 210b is not as good as that of the second glaze solution in the shell green body 210a.
  • the second glaze layer 260 is formed on at least part of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b.
  • the metal cation salt in the glaze solution of the second glaze solution and the The weight percentage of the solvent is relatively high, ranging from 50% to 75%, which can facilitate the gray scale of the second pattern 140 in the ceramic shell 10 formed during the subsequent sintering of the ceramic shell blank 210b to be more obvious.
  • the second glaze layer 260 obtained by drying the second glaze solution The shape of the ceramic shell blank 210b is more controllable, and the second patterned layer 270 obtained by patterning the second glaze layer 260 is more controllable, that is, metal cations 120 penetrate into the ceramic shell
  • the body blank 210b is more controllable, therefore, the second pattern 140 in the final ceramic shell 10 is more controllable and has higher fineness.
  • the second pattern 140 in the ceramic casing 10 prepared by the preparation method of the ceramic casing provided in this embodiment is finer than the first pattern 130 .
  • the preparation of the ceramic shell 10 includes sintering the shell green body 210a into a ceramic shell blank 210b, and then sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 Sintering to obtain the ceramic shell 10 with the first pattern 130 and the second pattern 140, by controlling the parameters (such as sintering temperature and sintering time) when sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 , and the falling ball strength of the prepared ceramic shell 10 can also be maintained in a relatively high range.
  • S3 specifically includes: sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 at 950°C to 1200°C, and the sintering time ranges from 2h to 3h, so as to obtain The ceramic casing 10 of the first pattern 130 and the second pattern 140 .
  • the sintering temperature is too low, and the metal cations 120 in the second patterned layer 270 cannot penetrate well or even penetrate into the ceramic shell 10 formed by the ceramic shell blank 210b; in addition
  • the temperature is lower than 950° C., the sintering temperature is too low, and the ceramic shell blank 210 b cannot be porcelained well, which will affect the structural strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the temperature is higher than 1200° C., the grain size of crystals formed during sintering of the ceramic shell blank 210 b will be excessively long, thereby affecting the strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
  • the sintering temperature selected when sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 is 950°C to 1200°C.
  • the metal cations 120 in the second patterned layer 270 can be made better penetrate into the ceramic shell blank 210b, so that the second pattern 140 of the ceramic shell 10 Has a higher quality.
  • the temperature selected for sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 is 950°C to 1200°C.
  • the temperature may be but not limited to 950°C, or 1000°C, or 1050°C, or 1100°C, or 1150°C or 1200°C.
  • the sintering time ranges from 2h (hour) to 3h (hour), for example, the sintering time range is 2h, or 2h 10min (minute), or 2h 20min, or 2h 30min, or 2h 40min, or 2h 50min, or 3h.
  • the thickness of the second glaze layer 260 is constant and the thickness of the ceramic shell blank 210b is constant, and the quality of the final ceramic shell 10 and the parameters of the second pattern 140 are constant: the The higher the sintering temperature, the shorter the required sintering time; correspondingly, the lower the sintering temperature, the longer the required sintering time.
  • the sintering temperature is 950°C to 1200°C
  • the sintering time is 2h to 3h.
  • the quality of the shell 10 and the second pattern 140 can shorten the sintering time, which improves the efficiency of manufacturing the ceramic shell 10 .
  • the first pattern 130 with the first color, the second pattern 140 with the second color, and the Nth pattern with the Nth color can be sequentially prepared, wherein, N ⁇ 3.
  • the prepared ceramic shell 10 has patterns of various colors.
  • the prepared ceramic shell 10 can have multi-color texture effects.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a ceramic shell 10, which can be prepared by the ceramic shell preparation method described above; the ceramic shell preparation method can prepare the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application Body 10.
  • the ceramic housing 10 can be applied to an electronic device 1 (see FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 ), and the electronic device 1 can be, but not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a desktop computer, a smart bracelet, a smart watch, an electronic Readers, game machines, and other devices having the ceramic case 10 .
  • the ceramic case 10 When the ceramic case 10 is applied to the electronic device 1 , it may be, but not limited to, the back cover, the middle frame, the decoration and the like of the electronic device 1 .
  • the ceramic shell 10 may be a 2D shell, or a 2.5D shell or a 3D shell.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view along line I-I in FIG. 14
  • the ceramic housing 10 includes a housing body 110, the housing body 110 includes a ceramic material, and the housing body 110 has an appearance surface (ie, a first surface 111).
  • the appearance surface reveals a first pattern 130 , wherein the first pattern 130 is presented by metal cations 120 penetrating into the shell body 110 .
  • the first pattern 130 since the first pattern 130 is presented by metal cations 120 penetrating into the casing body 110, the first pattern 130 will not increase the thickness of the ceramic casing 10 additionally, the The thickness of the housing body 110 is the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 .
  • the ceramic housing 10 is a ceramic housing, and the housing body 110 is made of ceramic material.
  • the ceramic material includes zirconia, alumina, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, silicon nitride, magnesium oxide, chromium oxide, beryllium oxide, vanadium pentoxide, boron trioxide, spinel, zinc oxide , calcium oxide, mullite, barium titanate at least one.
  • the ceramic material includes zirconia ceramics.
  • the ceramic casing 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application has a first pattern 130, therefore, the ceramic casing 10 has a decorative effect, and when the ceramic casing 10 is applied to an electronic device 1, the electronic device 1 has Better appearance and better discrimination.
  • the decoration effect of the first pattern 130 includes at least one of texture effect and gradient effect.
  • the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 is a texture effect as an example for illustration.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view along line II-II in FIG. 16
  • the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 is a gradient effect as an example for illustration.
  • the first pattern 130 is a texture pattern, for example, the first pattern 130 includes a plurality of textures arranged according to a preset rule, for example, according to a preset A plurality of lines arranged regularly (for example, a straight line segment, or an arc end, or a hyperbola segment), or a plurality of graphics arranged according to a preset rule (for example, a triangle, or a quadrilateral, or a circle, or a ring shape).
  • a gradient effect for example, it may include an ink gradient pattern, or a marble texture gradient pattern, and the like.
  • the gradient effect is reflected in the gradient change of the metal cations 120 along a certain direction or certain directions in the ceramic shell 10 .
  • the first pattern 130 is a love heart pattern, which is an example of a gradient effect for illustration, and should not be construed as a limitation to the gradient effect and pattern of the ceramic housing 10 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the housing body 110 has a first surface 111 and a second surface 112 opposite to each other, the first surface 111 is the appearance surface of the ceramic housing 10, and the metal cation 120 is provided In the housing body 110 and distributed with the first surface 111 (please refer to FIG. 14 to FIG. 17 further).
  • the casing body 110 has an appearance surface, and the metal cations 120 are disposed in the casing body 110 and adjacent to the first surface 111 .
  • the metal cations 120 enter the interior of the shell green body 210a from the surface of the shell green body 210a on which the first patterned layer 240 is provided.
  • the ceramic shell 10 is obtained by sintering the shell green body 210 a. Therefore, the metal cations 120 are disposed inside the shell body 110 , adjacent to the first surface 111 .
  • the glossiness of the first surface 111 is greater than the glossiness of the second surface 112 .
  • the glossiness of the first surface 111 is greater than the glossiness of the second surface 112 , so that the exterior surface of the ceramic housing 10 is more glossy, so that the ceramic housing 10 presents a better texture.
  • the second surface 112 is set opposite to the first surface 111, therefore, the second surface 112 is usually used as the inner surface of the ceramic housing 10, and the second surface 112 is usually not observed. Therefore, when preparing the ceramic housing 10, it is not necessary to perform high-precision polishing treatment on the second surface 112, or even to perform polishing treatment on the second surface 112, thereby saving the cost of preparing the ceramic housing. 10 cost.
  • the glossiness (60° angle test) of the first surface 111 is 130Gu to 160Gu.
  • the glossiness of the ceramic shell body 210 may be, but not limited to, 130Gu, 135Gu, 140Gu, 145Gu, 150Gu, 155Gu, 160Gu and so on.
  • the gloss of the first surface 111 of the ceramic housing 10 is too low (for example, lower than 110Gu), the gloss of the appearance surface of the ceramic housing 10 is not obvious, which affects the appearance surface of the ceramic housing 10. texture; when the gloss of the first surface 111 of the ceramic housing 10 is too high (for example, higher than 160 Gu), the cost and process difficulty of preparing the first surface 111 of the ceramic housing 10 are increased.
  • the glossiness of the first surface 111 of the ceramic casing 10 is 110Gu to 160Gu, the surface of the ceramic casing 10 has a good glossiness and is easy to manufacture.
  • the Vickers hardness of the ceramic shell 10 of the present application may be, but not limited to, 1200HV to 1400HV, so that the ceramic shell 10 has relatively high hardness. Specifically, it may be, but not limited to, 1200HV, 1230HV, 1250HV, 1280HV, 1300HV, 1320HV, 1350HV, 1380HV, 1400HV, etc.
  • the first pattern 130 has a first pattern portion 131 and a second pattern portion 132 (see FIG. 16 ).
  • the grayscale of the first pattern part 131 is the first grayscale
  • the thickness of the metal cations 120 in the first pattern part 131 penetrating into the housing body 110 is the first thickness.
  • the grayscale of the second pattern part 132 is the second grayscale
  • the thickness of the metal cations 120 infiltrated into the housing body 110 in the second pattern part 132 is the second thickness
  • the second grayscale is larger than the second grayscale.
  • the first grayscale, the second thickness is greater than the first thickness.
  • the thickness d1 of the shell body 110 satisfies: 0.2mm ⁇ d1 ⁇ 1.0mm; the dispersion thickness d2 of the metal cations 120 satisfies: 1 ⁇ m ⁇ d2 ⁇ 300 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.2mm, or 0.25mm, or 0.3mm, or 0.35mm, or 0.4mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.55mm, or 0.6mm, or 0.65 mm, or 0.7mm, or 0.75mm, or 0.8mm, or 0.85mm, or 0.9mm, or 0.95mm, or 1.0mm.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is 1 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 is 1 ⁇ m, or 1.5 ⁇ m, or 2 ⁇ m, or 5 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m, or 15 ⁇ m, or 20 ⁇ m, or 30 ⁇ m, or 40 ⁇ m, Or 50 ⁇ m, or 60 ⁇ m, or 70 ⁇ m, or 80 ⁇ m, or 90 ⁇ m, or 100 ⁇ m, or 110 ⁇ m, or 120 ⁇ m, or 130 ⁇ m, or 140 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m, or 160 ⁇ m, or 170 ⁇ m, or 180 ⁇ m, or 190 ⁇ m, or 200 ⁇ m, or 210 ⁇ m , or 220 ⁇ m, or 230 ⁇ m, or 240 ⁇ m, or 250 ⁇ m, or 260 ⁇ m, or 270 ⁇ m, or 280 ⁇ m, or 290 ⁇ m, or 300 ⁇ m.
  • the housing body 110 includes ceramics, and the thickness d1 of the housing body 110 satisfies: 0.35mm ⁇ d1 ⁇ 0.55mm.
  • the minimum dispersion thickness d2 of the metal cation 120 (marked as d2' in the figure for convenience) to meet: 1 ⁇ m ⁇ d2' ⁇ 2 ⁇ m; the maximum dispersion thickness d2" of the metal cation 120 satisfies: 100 ⁇ m ⁇ d2 ” ⁇ 200 ⁇ m.
  • the first pattern part 131 is the part with the smallest grayscale in the first pattern 130, and the range of the first thickness D1 satisfies: 1 ⁇ m ⁇ D1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ m; the second pattern part 132 It is the part with the largest gray scale in the first pattern 130 , and the range of the second thickness D2 satisfies: 100 ⁇ m ⁇ D2 ⁇ 200 ⁇ m.
  • the first thickness D1 may be, but not limited to, 1 ⁇ m, or 1.2 ⁇ m, or 1.4 ⁇ m, or 1.6 ⁇ m, or 1.8 ⁇ m, or 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the second thickness D2 may be, but not limited to, 100 ⁇ m, or 110 ⁇ m, or 120 ⁇ m, or 130 ⁇ m, or 140 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m, or 160 ⁇ m, or 170 ⁇ m, or 180 ⁇ m, or 190 ⁇ m, or 200 ⁇ m.
  • the above-mentioned range of the first pattern part 131 and the second pattern part 132 makes the ceramic housing 10 have a relatively obvious contrast, so that the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 in the ceramic housing 10 is more obvious. .
  • the thickness d1 of the casing body 110 satisfies: 0.2mm ⁇ d1 ⁇ 1.0mm; the thickness d2 of the metal cations 120 infiltrated into the casing body 110 satisfies: 1 ⁇ m ⁇ d2 ⁇ 300 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness d1 of the housing body 110 satisfies: 0.35mm ⁇ d1 ⁇ 0.55mm, for example, the thickness of the housing body 110 is 0.35mm, or 0.38mm, or 0.40mm, or 0.42mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.48mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.52mm, or 0.55mm.
  • the ceramic housing 10 can be made light and thin, and when the ceramic housing 10 is applied to the electronic device 1, it is beneficial to all Thinning of the electronic device 1 described above.
  • the first pattern 130 Since the first pattern 130 is presented by the metal cations 120 penetrating into the casing body 110 , the first pattern 130 does not increase the thickness of the ceramic casing 10 additionally.
  • the ceramic housing 10 further includes the second pattern 140 , similarly, the second pattern 140 will not additionally increase the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 . Therefore, the thickness of the housing body 110 is the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 .
  • the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm; the greater the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 , the greater the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 .
  • the average value of the falling ball strength of the ceramic housing 10 is 50cm to 55cm; when the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.55mm, the The average drop strength is 85cm to 88cm. Therefore, when the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm, the average falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is 50 cm to 88 cm.
  • the ceramic material includes one of zirconia ceramics and alumina ceramics; the metal cations 120 include at least one or more of iron ions, cobalt ions, and nickel ions.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • the first pattern 130 has a first color
  • the ceramic housing 10 further has a second pattern 140
  • the second pattern 140 has a second color.
  • the first pattern 130 has a first color, and the gray scale of the first color of each part in the first pattern 130 may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the second pattern 140 has a second color, and the grayscale of the second color at each part of the second pattern 140 may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the ceramic housing 10 has a first pattern 130 and a second pattern 140 , so that the ceramic housing 10 has a richer appearance effect.
  • the present application also provides an electronic device 1 , the electronic device includes the casing described in any one of the foregoing implementation manners.
  • the electronic device 1 provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Please refer to FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 together.
  • FIG. 19 is a three-dimensional schematic view of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 20 is an exploded schematic view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 19 .
  • the electronic device 1 may be, but not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer and other devices with a ceramic housing 10 .
  • the ceramic housing 10 please refer to the previous description, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the preset surface 110 of the ceramic housing 10 constitutes a part of the appearance surface of the electronic device 1 .
  • the electronic device 1 includes a display screen 30 , a middle frame 70 , a circuit board 40 and a camera module 50 in addition to the ceramic housing 10 .
  • the ceramic housing 10 and the display screen 30 are respectively disposed on opposite sides of the middle frame 70 .
  • the middle frame 70 is used to carry the display screen 30 , and the sides of the middle frame 70 are exposed from the ceramic housing 10 and the display screen 30 .
  • the ceramic housing 10 and the middle frame 70 form a receiving space for receiving the circuit board 40 and the camera module 50 .
  • the ceramic housing 10 has a light-transmitting portion 10a, and the camera module 50 can take pictures through the light-transmitting portion 10a on the ceramic housing 10, that is, the camera module 50 in this embodiment is a rear camera mod.
  • the light-transmitting portion 10 a may be disposed on the display screen 30 , that is, the camera module 50 is a front-facing camera module.
  • the light-transmitting portion 10a is used as an opening for illustration. In other embodiments, the light-transmitting portion 10a may not be an opening, but a light-transmitting material, such as plastic, glass, etc. .
  • the electronic device 1 described in this embodiment is only a form of the electronic device 1 applied to the ceramic housing 10, and should not be construed as a limitation to the electronic device 1 provided in this application, nor should it It should be understood as a limitation to the ceramic housing 10 provided in various embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Geochemistry & Mineralogy (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Adornments (AREA)
  • Producing Shaped Articles From Materials (AREA)
  • Devices For Post-Treatments, Processing, Supply, Discharge, And Other Processes (AREA)

Abstract

A ceramic housing preparation method, a ceramic housing (10), and an electronic device. The ceramic housing (10) preparation method comprises: providing a housing green body (210a) having a first glaze layer (230) on a surface; patterning the first glaze layer (230) by using laser, so as to form a first patterned layer (130); and according to the housing green body (210a) and the first patterned layer (130), obtaining a housing (10) having a first pattern. The ceramic housing (10) prepared according to the provided ceramic housing preparation method has a good decorative effect.

Description

陶瓷壳体制备方法、陶瓷壳体及电子设备Preparation method of ceramic shell, ceramic shell and electronic equipment
本申请要求2022年1月28日递交的申请名称为“陶瓷壳体制备方法、陶瓷壳体及电子设备”的申请号为202210108629.2的在先申请优先权,上述在先申请的内容以引用的方式并入本文本中。This application claims the priority of the earlier application with the application number 202210108629.2 filed on January 28, 2022 with the title of "Preparation Method for Ceramic Housing, Ceramic Housing and Electronic Equipment", and the content of the above earlier application is incorporated by reference incorporated into this text.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及电子技术领域,尤其涉及一种陶瓷壳体制备方法、陶瓷壳体及电子设备。The present application relates to the field of electronic technology, in particular to a preparation method of a ceramic shell, a ceramic shell and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
随着技术的发展,手机和平板电脑等电子设备已经成为了人们不可或缺的工具。消费者在面对琳琅满目的电子设备时,不仅需要考虑电子设备的功能是否满足自身需求,电子设备的壳体的外观也是左右消费者是否选购的重要因素之一。相关技术中的壳体的外观效果相对单一,无法满足用户对壳体的外观效果的丰富追求。With the development of technology, electronic devices such as mobile phones and tablet computers have become indispensable tools for people. When faced with a wide range of electronic devices, consumers not only need to consider whether the functions of the electronic devices meet their own needs, but also the appearance of the housing of the electronic devices is one of the important factors that determine whether consumers choose or not. The appearance effect of the casing in the related art is relatively single, which cannot satisfy users' rich pursuit of the appearance effect of the casing.
发明内容Contents of the invention
第一方面,本申请提供一种陶瓷壳体制备方法,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法包括:In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for preparing a ceramic shell, the method for preparing a ceramic shell includes:
提供表面具有第一釉料层的壳体生坯;providing a shell green body having a first glaze layer on its surface;
用激光对所述第一釉料层进行图案化以形成第一图案化层;patterning the first glaze layer with a laser to form a first patterned layer;
根据所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体。A ceramic shell with a first pattern is obtained according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer.
第二方面,本申请提供一种壳体,所述壳体包括:In a second aspect, the present application provides a casing, the casing comprising:
壳体本体,所述壳体本体包括陶瓷材料,所述壳体本体具有外观面;a housing body comprising a ceramic material, the housing body having an exterior surface;
所述外观面显露第一图案,其中,所述第一图案由金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体内呈现。The appearance surface reveals a first pattern, wherein the first pattern is presented by metal cations penetrating into the shell body.
第三方面,本申请一种电子设备,所述电子设备包括第二方面所述的陶瓷壳体。In a third aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, which includes the ceramic case described in the second aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施方式中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图是本申请一些实施方式,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the implementation manner. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are some implementation manners of the application, which are common to those skilled in the art. As far as the skilled person is concerned, other drawings can also be obtained based on these drawings on the premise of not paying creative work.
图1为本申请一实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的流程图;FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2(a)~图2(f)为图1中各个步骤对应的结构示意图;Fig. 2 (a)~Fig. 2 (f) are the structural representations corresponding to each step in Fig. 1;
图3为图1中S110所包括的流程示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic flow chart included in S110 in Fig. 1;
图4为图3中S111所包括的流程示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart included in S111 in Fig. 3;
图5为一实施方式中图1中S120所包括的流程示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic flow chart included in S120 in Fig. 1 in an embodiment;
图6为图1中S130所包括的流程示意图;Fig. 6 is a schematic flow chart included in S130 in Fig. 1;
图7为图6中S130a所包括的流程示意图;Fig. 7 is a schematic flow chart included in S130a in Fig. 6;
图8为图6中S130b所包括的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flow chart included in S130b in FIG. 6;
图9为本申请一实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的流程图;FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10(a)~图10(g)为图9中各个步骤对应的结构示意图;Figure 10(a) to Figure 10(g) are structural schematic diagrams corresponding to each step in Figure 9;
图11为图9中S10包括的流程示意图;Fig. 11 is a schematic flow chart included in S10 in Fig. 9;
图12为本申请另一实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的流程图;FIG. 12 is a flow chart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图13为图12中对应的结构示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to Fig. 12;
图14为本申请一实施方式提供的壳体的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图15为图14中沿I-I线的剖面示意图;Fig. 15 is a schematic sectional view along line I-I in Fig. 14;
图16为本申请另一实施方式提供的壳体的示意图;Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图17为图16中沿II-II线的剖面示意图;Fig. 17 is a schematic sectional view along line II-II in Fig. 16;
图18为本申请另一实施方式提供的壳体的示意图;Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请一实施方式提供的电子设备的立体示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic perspective view of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图20为图19中所示的电子设备的分解示意图。FIG. 20 is an exploded schematic view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 19 .
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请第一方面提供一种陶瓷壳体制备方法,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法包括:The first aspect of the present application provides a method for preparing a ceramic shell, the method for preparing a ceramic shell includes:
提供表面具有第一釉料层的壳体生坯;providing a shell green body having a first glaze layer on its surface;
对所述第一釉料层进行图案化以形成第一图案化层;patterning the first glaze layer to form a first patterned layer;
根据所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体。A ceramic shell with a first pattern is obtained according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer.
其中,所述提供表面具有第一釉料层的壳体生坯,包括:Wherein, the providing the shell green body with the first glaze layer on the surface includes:
将陶瓷粒料进行成型以得到壳体生坯;shaping the ceramic pellets to obtain a shell green body;
在所述壳体生坯的表面的至少部分区域设置第一釉料浆液;以及disposing a first glaze slurry on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body; and
将第一釉料浆液烘干以得到第一釉料层。The first glaze slurry is dried to obtain a first glaze layer.
其中,所述将陶瓷粒料进行成型以得到壳体生坯,包括:Wherein, the ceramic granules are molded to obtain the shell green body, including:
将陶瓷粉体与粘结剂混合并进行造粒以得到陶瓷粒料,其中,所述陶瓷粉体的平均粒径范围为0.2μm至0.8μm,所述陶瓷粒料的目数范围为40目至100目,所述粒料的BET比表面积为6m 2/g至10m 2/g,在所述陶瓷粒料中,所述粘结剂的重量百分比的范围为3%至5%;以及 Ceramic powder is mixed with a binder and granulated to obtain ceramic granules, wherein the average particle size of the ceramic powder ranges from 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm, and the mesh number of the ceramic granules ranges from 40 mesh to 100 mesh, the BET specific surface area of the pellets is 6m 2 /g to 10m 2 /g, and in the ceramic pellets, the weight percentage of the binder is in the range of 3% to 5%; and
将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯。The ceramic particles are shaped to obtain a shell green body.
其中,所述成型包括模压成型、或注塑成型;当所述成型为模压成型时,所述将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯,包括:Wherein, the molding includes compression molding or injection molding; when the molding is compression molding, the molding of the ceramic particles to obtain the shell green body includes:
模压的压力的范围为10MPa至15MPa下,进行模压成型,保压10s至20s,以将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯。The molding pressure ranges from 10 MPa to 15 MPa, and the molding is carried out, and the pressure is kept for 10s to 20s, so as to mold the ceramic particles to obtain a shell green body.
其中,所述第一釉料浆液包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。Wherein, the first glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1; the glaze solution It includes metal cation salt and solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
其中,所述第一釉料浆液的厚度小于或等于20μm,所述将第一釉料浆液烘干以得到第一釉料层,包括:于80℃至150℃,烘烤20分钟至50分钟,以在所述壳体生坯的表面的至少部分区域形成所述第一釉料层。Wherein, the thickness of the first glaze slurry is less than or equal to 20 μm, and the drying of the first glaze slurry to obtain the first glaze layer includes: baking at 80°C to 150°C for 20 minutes to 50 minutes , to form the first glaze layer on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body.
其中,所述对所述第一釉料层进行图案化以形成第一图案化层,包括:Wherein, said patterning said first glaze layer to form a first patterned layer includes:
将预设图案输出到镭雕设备中;Output the preset pattern to the laser engraving equipment;
根据所述预设图案控制所述镭雕设备输出的激光的功率,所述预设图案中不同的灰度对应所述激光的功率不同,其中,所述灰度越大的部位对应的激光的功率越小;以及The power of the laser output by the laser engraving device is controlled according to the preset pattern, and different gray levels in the preset pattern correspond to different powers of the laser light, wherein the part with the larger gray level corresponds to the laser power less power; and
利用所述激光对所述第一釉料层进行照射以去除第一釉料层中的部分釉料形成所述第一图案化层。The laser is used to irradiate the first glaze layer to remove part of the glaze in the first glaze layer to form the first patterned layer.
其中,所述根据所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体,包括:Wherein, the obtaining a ceramic shell with a first pattern according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer includes:
对所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体胚件;以及Debinding and sintering the shell green body and the first patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell blank; and
将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体。The ceramic shell blank is processed to obtain a ceramic shell with a predetermined size and a first pattern.
其中,所述将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案的所述壳体,包括:Wherein, the processing of the ceramic shell blank to obtain the shell with a preset size and a first pattern includes:
将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行CNC加工以得到预设尺寸的所述壳体;以及performing CNC machining on the ceramic housing blank to obtain the housing with preset dimensions; and
对所述预设尺寸的所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面进行研磨抛光。Grinding and polishing the surface of the housing with the predetermined size exposing the first pattern.
其中,所述对所述预设尺寸的所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面进行研磨抛光,包括:Wherein, the grinding and polishing of the surface of the housing with the preset size that reveals the first pattern includes:
对所述预设尺寸的所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面进行研磨抛光以得到壳体,其中,所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面光泽度为130Gu至160Gu。Grinding and polishing the surface of the casing with the predetermined size exposing the first pattern to obtain the casing, wherein the glossiness of the surface of the casing exposing the first pattern is 130Gu to 160Gu.
其中,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括:Wherein, the preparation method of the ceramic shell also includes:
在所述壳体生坯表面形成第二釉料层,所述第二釉料层与所述第一釉料层间隔设置;forming a second glaze layer on the surface of the shell green body, the second glaze layer is spaced apart from the first glaze layer;
对所述第二釉料层进行图案化以形成第二图案化层,所述第二图案化层与所述第一图案化层间隔设置;patterning the second glaze layer to form a second patterned layer, the second patterned layer is spaced apart from the first patterned layer;
根据所述陶瓷生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体,包括:Obtaining a ceramic shell with a first pattern according to the ceramic green body and the first patterned layer includes:
将所述壳体生坯、所述第一图案化层及第二图案化层进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体坯件;performing debinding and sintering the shell green body, the first patterned layer and the second patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell blank;
将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案及第二图案的陶瓷壳体,其中,所述第一图案具有第一颜色,所述第二图案具有第二颜色。Processing the ceramic shell blank to obtain a ceramic shell with a predetermined size and a first pattern and a second pattern, wherein the first pattern has a first color, and the second pattern has a second color .
其中,所述第二釉料层由第二釉料浆液烘干形成,其中,所述第二釉料浆液包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。Wherein, the second glaze layer is formed by drying a second glaze slurry, wherein the second glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the glaze solution and the viscous agent The range of mass ratio is 1:1 to 3:1; the glaze solution includes metal cation salt and solvent, wherein, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
其中,在所述将所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体坯件,与所述将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案的壳体之间,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括:Wherein, debinding and sintering the shell green body and the first patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell blank, and processing the ceramic shell blank to obtain a preset size And between the shells with the first pattern, the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes:
在所述陶瓷壳体坯件的至少部分表面形成第二釉料层;forming a second glaze layer on at least part of the surface of the ceramic housing blank;
对所述第二釉料层进行图案化以形成第二图案化层;patterning the second glaze layer to form a second patterned layer;
将设置有第二图案化层的陶瓷壳体坯件进行烧结以得到具有第一图案及第二图案的陶瓷壳体,其中,所述第一图案具有第一颜色,所述第二图案具有第二颜色。Sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell with a first pattern and a second pattern, wherein the first pattern has a first color, and the second pattern has a first color Two colors.
其中,所述第二釉料层由第二釉料浆液烘干形成,其中,所述第二釉料浆液包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%。Wherein, the second glaze layer is formed by drying a second glaze slurry, wherein the second glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the glaze solution and the viscous agent The mass ratio ranges from 1:1 to 3:1; the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 50% to 75%.
其中,所述将设置有第二图案化层的陶瓷壳体坯件进行烧结以得到具有第一图案及第二图案的壳体,包括:Wherein, the sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer to obtain the shell with the first pattern and the second pattern includes:
于950℃至1200℃对设置有第二图案化层的陶瓷壳体坯件进行烧结,烧结的时间范围为2h至3h,以得到具有第一图案及第二图案的壳体。Sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer at 950° C. to 1200° C. for a time range of 2 hours to 3 hours to obtain a shell with the first pattern and the second pattern.
本申请第二方面提供一种陶瓷壳体,所述陶瓷壳体包括:The second aspect of the present application provides a ceramic housing, the ceramic housing includes:
壳体本体,所述壳体本体包括陶瓷材料,所述壳体本体具有外观面;a housing body comprising a ceramic material, the housing body having an exterior surface;
所述外观面显露第一图案,其中,所述第一图案由金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体内呈现。The appearance surface reveals a first pattern, wherein the first pattern is presented by metal cations penetrating into the shell body.
其中,所述第一图案具有:Wherein, the first pattern has:
第一图案部,所述第一图案部的灰度为第一灰度,所述第一图案部中金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体的厚度为第一厚度;以及The first pattern part, the grayscale of the first pattern part is the first grayscale, and the thickness of the metal cations in the first pattern part infiltrated into the shell body is the first thickness; and
第二图案部,所述第二图案部的灰度为第二灰度,所述第二图案部中金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体的厚度为第二厚度,所述第二灰度大于所述第一灰度,第二厚度大于所述第一厚度。The second pattern part, the grayscale of the second pattern part is the second grayscale, the thickness of the metal cations in the second pattern part infiltrated into the housing body is the second thickness, and the second grayscale is greater than the the first grayscale, and the second thickness is greater than the first thickness.
其中,所述第一图案部为所述第一图案中灰度最小的部分,所述第一厚度D1的范围满足:1μm≤D1≤2μm;所述第二图案部为所述第一图案中灰度最大的部分,所述第二厚度D2的范围满足:100μm≤D2≤200μm。Wherein, the first pattern part is the part with the smallest grayscale in the first pattern, and the range of the first thickness D1 satisfies: 1μm≤D1≤2μm; the second pattern part is the part of the first pattern For the part with the largest gray scale, the range of the second thickness D2 satisfies: 100 μm≤D2≤200 μm.
其中,所述壳体本体的厚度d1满足:0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm;所述壳体本体的厚度越大,则所述壳体的落球强度越大;当所述壳体本体的厚度d1=0.35mm时,所述壳体的落球强度均值为50cm至55cm;当所述壳体本体的厚度d1=0.55mm时,所述壳体的落球强度均值为85cm至88cm。Wherein, the thickness d1 of the shell body satisfies: 0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm; the greater the thickness of the shell body, the greater the falling ball strength of the shell; when the thickness d1 of the shell body =0.35mm, the average falling ball strength of the shell is 50cm to 55cm; when the thickness d1 of the shell body=0.55mm, the average falling ball strength of the shell is 85cm to 88cm.
其中,所述第一图案具有第一颜色,所述壳体还具有第二图案,所述第二图案具有第二颜色。Wherein, the first pattern has a first color, and the housing further has a second pattern, and the second pattern has a second color.
本申请第三方面提供一种电子设备,所述电子设备包括如第一方面、或第一方面任意一项、或第二方面或第二方面中任意一项所述的陶瓷壳体。A third aspect of the present application provides an electronic device, the electronic device comprising the ceramic case according to the first aspect, or any one of the first aspect, or the second aspect, or any one of the second aspect.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有付出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will clearly and completely describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the application with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the application. Apparently, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the application, not all of them. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts belong to the scope of protection of this application.
在本文中提及“实施例”或“实施方式”意味着,结合实施例或实施方式描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施 例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。Reference herein to "an embodiment" or "implementation" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment or implementation may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are independent or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It is understood explicitly and implicitly by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein can be combined with other embodiments.
需要说明的是,本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。It should be noted that the terms "first" and "second" in the specification and claims of the present application and the above drawings are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to describe a specific order. Furthermore, the terms "include" and "have", as well as any variations thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion.
本申请提供一种陶瓷壳体制备方法,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法用于制备陶瓷壳体10(参见图14),所述陶瓷壳体10可应用于电子设备1(参见图19及图20),所述电子设备1可以为但不仅限于手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、台式电脑、智能手环、智能手表、电子阅读器、游戏机等具有陶瓷壳体10的设备。所述陶瓷壳体10应用于电子设备1时,可以为但不仅限于为电子设备1的后盖、中框、装饰件等。所述陶瓷壳体10可以为2D壳体、或者2.5D壳体或者3D壳体。可以理解地,上述介绍为对陶瓷壳体10的一种应用环境的介绍,不应当理解为对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体10及陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。在本申请的实施方式/实施例中均以所述壳体为所述电子设备的后盖为例进行详细说明,不应当理解为对本申请提供的壳体及陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。The present application provides a method for preparing a ceramic shell, which is used to prepare a ceramic shell 10 (see FIG. 14 ), and the ceramic shell 10 can be applied to an electronic device 1 (see FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 ). ), the electronic device 1 may be, but not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a desktop computer, a smart bracelet, a smart watch, an e-reader, a game machine and the like with a ceramic housing 10 . When the ceramic case 10 is applied to the electronic device 1 , it may be, but not limited to, the back cover, the middle frame, the decoration and the like of the electronic device 1 . The ceramic shell 10 may be a 2D shell, or a 2.5D shell or a 3D shell. Understandably, the above introduction is an introduction to an application environment of the ceramic housing 10 , and should not be construed as a limitation to the ceramic housing 10 and the preparation method of the ceramic housing provided in the embodiments of the present application. In the implementation modes/examples of the present application, the case is described in detail by taking the case as an example of the back cover of the electronic device, which should not be construed as a limitation to the case and the preparation method of the ceramic case provided in the present application.
请参阅图1图2,图1为本申请一实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的流程图;图2(a)~图2(f)为图1中各个步骤对应的结构示意图。所述陶瓷壳体制备方法包括S110、S120及S130。S110、S120及S130详细介绍如下。Please refer to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2. FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 2(a) to FIG. 2(f) are schematic structural diagrams corresponding to each step in FIG. The preparation method of the ceramic shell includes S110, S120 and S130. The details of S110, S120 and S130 are as follows.
S110,提供表面具有第一釉料层230的壳体生坯210a。S110, providing the shell green body 210a having the first glaze layer 230 on the surface.
请参阅图2(c),图2(c)为S110对应的结构示意图。所述第一釉料层230设置于所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域或全部区域。在本实施方式中以所述第一釉料层230设置于所述壳体生坯210a的表面的全部区域为例进行示意,可以理解地,不应当构成对本申请提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。Please refer to FIG. 2(c), which is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to S110. The first glaze layer 230 is disposed on at least a part or all of the surface of the shell green body 210a. In this embodiment, it is illustrated by taking the first glaze layer 230 disposed on the entire surface of the shell green body 210a as an example. Understandably, it should not constitute a reference to the ceramic shell preparation method provided in this application limited.
下面对一实施方式中,S110所包括的步骤进行详细描述。请一并参阅图3,图3为图1中S110所包括的流程示意图。所述S110包括S111、S112以及S113。S111、S112以及S113详细介绍如下。In an implementation manner, the steps included in S110 are described in detail below. Please also refer to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of S110 in FIG. 1 . The S110 includes S111, S112 and S113. S111, S112 and S113 are described in detail as follows.
S111,将陶瓷粒料进行成型以得到壳体生坯210a。S111, molding the ceramic granules to obtain the shell green body 210a.
下面对一实施方式中,所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型的方法进行详细描述。请参阅图4,图4为图3中S111所包括的流程示意图。S111包括S1111及S1112,S1111及S1112详细描述如下。In one embodiment, the method for forming the ceramic particles will be described in detail below. Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic flowchart of S111 in FIG. 3 . S111 includes S1111 and S1112, and the details of S1111 and S1112 are as follows.
S1111,将陶瓷粉体与粘结剂混合并进行造粒以得到陶瓷粒料,其中,所述陶瓷粉体的平均粒径范围为0.2μm至0.8μm,所述陶瓷粒料的目数范围为40目至100目,所述粒料的BET比表面积为6m 2/g至10m 2/g,在所述陶瓷粒料中,所述粘结剂的重量百分比的范围为3%至5%。 S1111, mixing ceramic powder with a binder and granulating to obtain ceramic granules, wherein the average particle size of the ceramic powder ranges from 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm, and the mesh number of the ceramic granules ranges from 40 mesh to 100 mesh, the BET specific surface area of the pellets is 6m 2 /g to 10m 2 /g, and the weight percentage of the binder in the ceramic pellets ranges from 3% to 5%.
可选地,所述陶瓷粉体包括氧化锆、氧化铝、二氧化硅、二氧化钛、氮化硅、氧化镁、氧化铬、氧化铍、五氧化二钒、三氧化二硼、尖晶石、氧化锌、氧化钙、莫来石、钛酸钡中的至少一种。Optionally, the ceramic powder includes zirconia, alumina, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, silicon nitride, magnesium oxide, chromium oxide, beryllium oxide, vanadium pentoxide, boron trioxide, spinel, oxide At least one of zinc, calcium oxide, mullite, and barium titanate.
可选地,所述陶瓷粉体的平均粒径范围d满足:为0.2μm≤d≤0.8μm。具体地,陶瓷粉体的平均粒径可以为但不限于为0.2μm、0.3μm、0.4μm、0.5μm、0.6μm、0.7μm、0.8μm。陶瓷粉体的粒径太小,增加制备难度,从而增加了成本,当陶瓷粉体的粒径小到纳米级别时,陶瓷粉体容易团聚形成大颗粒,会降低制得的壳体生坯210a的机械强度,进而降低最终制备的陶瓷壳体10的机械强度;当陶瓷粉体的粒径过大时,例如大于0.8μm,也会降低制得的壳体生坯210a的机械强度,进而降低最终制备的陶瓷壳体10的机械强度。因此,当陶瓷粉体的平均粒径范围d满足:为0.2μm≤d≤0.8μm时,既可以使制得的壳体生坯210a具有较好的机械强度,进而使得最终制备的陶瓷壳体10具有较好的机械强度,又具有较低的制备成本。“平均粒径”指陶瓷粉体中所有颗粒粒径的平均值。Optionally, the average particle diameter range d of the ceramic powder satisfies: 0.2 μm≤d≤0.8 μm. Specifically, the average particle size of the ceramic powder may be, but not limited to, 0.2 μm, 0.3 μm, 0.4 μm, 0.5 μm, 0.6 μm, 0.7 μm, 0.8 μm. The particle size of the ceramic powder is too small, which increases the difficulty of preparation, thereby increasing the cost. When the particle size of the ceramic powder is as small as nanometers, the ceramic powder is easy to agglomerate to form large particles, which will reduce the quality of the shell green body 210a produced. mechanical strength, thereby reducing the mechanical strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10; when the particle size of the ceramic powder is too large, for example greater than 0.8 μm, the mechanical strength of the prepared shell green body 210a will also be reduced, thereby reducing The mechanical strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 . Therefore, when the average particle size range d of the ceramic powder satisfies: 0.2μm≤d≤0.8μm, the prepared shell green body 210a can have better mechanical strength, and then the final prepared ceramic shell 10 has better mechanical strength and lower preparation cost. "Average particle size" refers to the average value of all particle sizes in the ceramic powder.
可选地,所述陶瓷粒料的目数的范围为40目至100目。具体地,陶瓷粒料的目数可以为但不限于为40目、50目、60目、70目、80目、90目、100目等。换言之,陶瓷粒料的粒径的范围为150μm至380μm;具体地,陶瓷粒料的粒径可以为但不限于为150μm、180μm、200μm、220μm、250μm、280μm、300μm、330μm、350μm、380μm等。陶瓷粒料的粒径太小,增加制备难度,从而增加了成本,当陶瓷粒料的粒径小到纳米级别时,陶瓷粒料容易团聚形成大颗粒,会降低制得的陶瓷壳体10的机械强度;当陶瓷粒料的粒径过大时,例如大于0.8μm,在进行壳体生坯210a成型时,容易残留间隙和气泡,也会降低制得的陶瓷壳体10的机械强度。因此,当陶瓷粒料的粒径范围为0.2μm至0.8μm时,既可以使 制得的陶瓷壳体10具有较好的机械强度,又具有较低的制备成本。Optionally, the mesh of the ceramic granules ranges from 40 mesh to 100 mesh. Specifically, the mesh of the ceramic granules may be, but not limited to, 40 mesh, 50 mesh, 60 mesh, 70 mesh, 80 mesh, 90 mesh, 100 mesh, etc. In other words, the particle size of the ceramic particles ranges from 150 μm to 380 μm; specifically, the particle size of the ceramic particles can be, but not limited to, 150 μm, 180 μm, 200 μm, 220 μm, 250 μm, 280 μm, 300 μm, 330 μm, 350 μm, 380 μm, etc. . The particle size of the ceramic granules is too small, which increases the difficulty of preparation and thus increases the cost. When the particle size of the ceramic granules is as small as the nanometer level, the ceramic granules are easy to agglomerate to form large particles, which will reduce the density of the prepared ceramic shell 10. Mechanical strength: when the particle size of the ceramic particles is too large, for example greater than 0.8 μm, gaps and air bubbles are likely to remain during the molding of the shell green body 210a, and the mechanical strength of the ceramic shell 10 produced will also be reduced. Therefore, when the particle size of the ceramic particles ranges from 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm, the prepared ceramic shell 10 can not only have better mechanical strength, but also have lower manufacturing cost.
可选地,所述陶瓷粒料的BET比表面积为6m 2/g至10m 2/g。具体地,所述陶瓷粒料的BET比表面积可以为但不限于为6m 2/g、6.5m 2/g、7m 2/g、7.5m 2/g、8m 2/g、8.5m 2/g、9m 2/g、9.5m 2/g、10m 2/g等。比表面积越大,陶瓷粒料越小,陶瓷粒料容易团聚形成大颗粒,会降低制得的陶瓷壳体10的机械强度;比表面积越小,陶瓷粒料越大,在进行壳体生坯210a成型时,容易残留间隙和气泡,也会降低制得的陶瓷壳体10的机械强度。本申请实施方式中陶瓷粒径BET比表面积为6m 2/g至10m 2/g,可使得最终制备的陶瓷壳体10具有较好的机械强度。 Optionally, the BET specific surface area of the ceramic granules is 6m 2 /g to 10m 2 /g. Specifically, the BET specific surface area of the ceramic pellets may be, but not limited to, 6m 2 /g, 6.5m 2 /g, 7m 2 /g, 7.5m 2 /g, 8m 2 /g, 8.5m 2 / g , 9m 2 /g, 9.5m 2 /g, 10m 2 /g, etc. The larger the specific surface area, the smaller the ceramic particles, and the ceramic particles are easy to agglomerate to form large particles, which will reduce the mechanical strength of the prepared ceramic shell 10; When the 210a is formed, gaps and air bubbles are likely to remain, which will also reduce the mechanical strength of the prepared ceramic shell 10 . In the embodiment of the present application, the BET specific surface area of the ceramic particle size is 6 m 2 /g to 10 m 2 /g, which can make the final prepared ceramic shell 10 have better mechanical strength.
可选地,所述粘结剂为环氧类粘结剂(比如环氧树脂)、聚醚类粘结剂中的至少一种。需要说明的是,粘结剂的分解或挥发温度低于排胶时的温度,以便粘结剂可以在进行排胶时通过分解或挥发完全排除,避免粘结剂的残留,因此,可避免粘结剂的残留导致的在烧结的过程中在陶瓷壳体坯件210b上残留孔洞,进而避免降低形成的陶瓷壳体坯件210b的机械强度,避免影响陶瓷壳体坯件210b的外观等。可选地,所述粘结剂的重量百分比的范围为3%至5%。具体地,粘结剂的重量百分比可以为但不限于为3%、3.5%、4%、4.5%、5%等。Optionally, the adhesive is at least one of epoxy adhesive (such as epoxy resin) and polyether adhesive. It should be noted that the decomposition or volatilization temperature of the binder is lower than the temperature during debinding, so that the binder can be completely eliminated through decomposition or volatilization during debinding, and the residue of the binder can be avoided. The residue of cement causes holes to remain on the ceramic shell blank 210b during the sintering process, so as to avoid reducing the mechanical strength of the formed ceramic shell blank 210b and avoid affecting the appearance of the ceramic shell blank 210b. Optionally, the weight percentage of the binder ranges from 3% to 5%. Specifically, the weight percentage of the binder may be, but not limited to, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5% and so on.
本申请实施例中,当涉及到数值范围A至B时,如未特别指明,均表示包括端点数值A,且包括端点数值B。例如,所述粘结剂的重量百分比为3%至5%,是指,所述粘结剂的重量百分比a满足:3%≤a≤5%。In the embodiments of the present application, when it comes to the numerical range A to B, unless otherwise specified, it means that the endpoint value A is included, and the endpoint value B is included. For example, the weight percentage of the binder is 3% to 5%, which means that the weight percentage a of the binder satisfies: 3%≦a≦5%.
进行造粒时,按照预设重量比分别称取陶瓷粉体及粘结剂,将陶瓷粉体与粘结剂混合均匀,采用造粒设备进行造粒,得到陶瓷粒料。When granulating, the ceramic powder and the binder are weighed according to the preset weight ratio, the ceramic powder and the binder are evenly mixed, and the granulation equipment is used for granulation to obtain ceramic granules.
在一些实施例中,所述陶瓷粒料的原料组分还包括分散剂,所述分散剂用于使得粘结剂及陶瓷粉体混合得更均匀的混合,混合后的粘结剂和陶瓷粉体的混合体系更稳定。分散剂可以为但不限于为液体石蜡等。在所述陶瓷粒料的原料组分中,分散剂的重量百分比的范围为1%至5%,具体地,可以为但不限于为1%、2%、3%、4%、5%等。In some embodiments, the raw material components of the ceramic granules also include a dispersant, which is used to mix the binder and the ceramic powder more uniformly, and the mixed binder and ceramic powder The mixed system of the body is more stable. The dispersant can be, but not limited to, liquid paraffin and the like. In the raw material components of the ceramic pellets, the weight percentage of the dispersant ranges from 1% to 5%, specifically, it can be but not limited to 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, etc. .
当陶瓷粒料的原料组分还包括分散剂、色料等时,进行造粒前,该制备方法还包括将分散剂、色料等与陶瓷粉体及粘结剂混合。When the raw material components of the ceramic granules also include a dispersant, a color material, etc., before granulation, the preparation method further includes mixing the dispersant, color material, etc., with the ceramic powder and the binder.
S1112,将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯210a。S1112, molding the ceramic particles to obtain the shell green body 210a.
具体地,所述成型包括模压成型、或注塑成型。当所述成型为模压成型时,所述将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯210a,包括:模压的压力的范围为10MPa至15MPa下,进行模压成型,保压10s至20s,以得到壳体生坯210a。Specifically, the molding includes compression molding, or injection molding. When the molding is compression molding, the molding of the ceramic particles to obtain the shell green body 210a includes: compression molding at a pressure range of 10MPa to 15MPa, holding the pressure for 10s to 20s, and A shell green body 210a is obtained.
在一实施方式中,进行模压的温度为常温。需要说明的是,本申请实施方式所指的常温、室温是指25℃,或者约等于25℃。In one embodiment, the temperature for molding is normal temperature. It should be noted that the normal temperature and room temperature referred to in the embodiments of the present application refer to 25°C, or approximately equal to 25°C.
可选地,模压成型的压力的范围可以为10MPa、或11MPa、或12MPa、或13MPa、或14MPa、或15MPa等。模压的压力太小,影响得到的壳体生坯210a的致密性,甚至无法成为具有完整外形的壳体生坯210a;模压的压力越大,形成壳体生坯210a越致密,有利于提高制得的壳体生坯210a的机械性能,但是,模压的压力太大,提高了设备的要求。Optionally, the range of compression molding pressure may be 10MPa, or 11MPa, or 12MPa, or 13MPa, or 14MPa, or 15MPa, etc. If the molding pressure is too small, it will affect the compactness of the obtained shell green body 210a, and even cannot become a shell green body 210a with a complete shape; The mechanical properties of the obtained shell green body 210a are improved, however, the molding pressure is too high, which increases the requirements of the equipment.
可选地,保压的时间可以为10s(秒)、或12s、或14s、或16s、或18s、或20s等。保压的时间越大,形成的壳体生坯210a的致密性、成型情况越好,但是保压时间太长,影响生产效率。Optionally, the pressure holding time may be 10s (seconds), or 12s, or 14s, or 16s, or 18s, or 20s, etc. The longer the holding time, the better the compactness and molding condition of the shell green body 210a formed, but too long holding time will affect the production efficiency.
当所述成型为注塑成型时,将所述陶瓷颗粒置于注塑机中,采用注塑成型的方式制得壳体生坯210a。When the molding is injection molding, the ceramic particles are placed in an injection molding machine, and the shell green body 210a is produced by injection molding.
S112,在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域设置第一釉料浆液220。S112, disposing the first glaze slurry 220 on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a.
请一并参阅图2(a)及图2(b),图2(a)中示意了所述壳体生坯210a,图2(b)示意了在壳体生坯210a的表面设置第一釉料浆液220。图2中从(a)~(e)示意了包括S112在内的陶瓷壳体10制备的各个过程对应的结构。Please refer to Fig. 2(a) and Fig. 2(b) together. Fig. 2(a) shows the shell green body 210a, and Fig. 2(b) shows that the first Glaze slurry 220. (a) to (e) in FIG. 2 schematically illustrate structures corresponding to each process of preparing the ceramic shell 10 including S112.
在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域设置第一釉料浆液220,包括:在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的一部分区域中设置第一釉料浆液220,或者,在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的全部区域中设置第一釉料浆液220。举例而言,在所述壳体生坯210a的一表面的部分区域中设置第一釉料浆液220,或 者,在所述壳体生坯210a的一表面的全部区域中设置第一釉料浆液220。在本实施方式中,以在所述壳体生坯210a的一个表面的全部区域设置第一釉料浆液220为例进行示意。可以理解地,不应当构成对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。Setting the first glaze slurry 220 on at least a part of the surface of the shell green body 210a includes: setting the first glaze slurry 220 on a part of the surface of the shell green body 210a, or, The first glaze slurry 220 is provided in the entire area of the surface of the shell green body 210a. For example, the first glaze slurry 220 is provided in a partial area of a surface of the shell green body 210a, or the first glaze slurry is provided in the entire area of a surface of the shell green body 210a 220. In this embodiment, it is illustrated by taking the first glaze slurry 220 disposed on the entire area of one surface of the shell green body 210a as an example. Understandably, it should not be construed as a limitation to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiments of the present application.
在一实施方式中,所述第一釉料浆液220包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。In one embodiment, the first glaze slurry 220 includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1; The glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
所述粘稠剂可以为但不仅限于为环氧树脂、或酚醛树脂等。所述粘稠剂用于使得所述第一釉料浆液220具有一定的粘度,便于在所述壳体生坯210a的表面设置所述第一釉料浆液220。The viscous agent may be, but not limited to, epoxy resin or phenolic resin. The viscous agent is used to make the first glaze slurry 220 have a certain viscosity, so as to facilitate disposing the first glaze slurry 220 on the surface of the shell green body 210a.
接下来对所述第一釉料浆液220进行详细介绍。所述第一釉料浆液220中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1,可以为但不仅限于为1:1,或1.5:1,或2:1,或2.5:1,或3:1。当所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量百分比小于1:1时,则所述粘稠剂的比例过高,导致所述第一釉料浆液220的粘度较高,不利于喷涂。当所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量百分比大于3:1时,则所述粘稠剂的比例过低,导致所述第一釉料浆液220的粘度不够,当所述第一釉料浆液220设置在所述壳体生坯210a的表面上时,则较容易流动,进而使得最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中的第一图案130不良。因此,本申请实施方式中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1,可避免所述第一釉料浆液220的粘度过低导致的在所述壳体生坯210a的表面上流动导致的制备出来的第一图案130不良,且可提升将所述第一釉料浆液220设置时的方便性。Next, the first glaze slurry 220 will be described in detail. In the first glaze slurry 220, the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1, which may be but not limited to 1:1, or 1.5:1, Or 2:1, or 2.5:1, or 3:1. When the mass percentage of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is less than 1:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too high, resulting in high viscosity of the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not conducive to spraying. When the mass percentage of the glaze solution and the viscous agent is greater than 3:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too low, resulting in insufficient viscosity of the first glaze slurry 220, when the first When the glaze slurry 220 is disposed on the surface of the shell green body 210a, it is easy to flow, which makes the first pattern 130 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 poor. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is in the range of 1:1 to 3:1, which can avoid the low viscosity of the first glaze slurry 220 caused by The prepared first pattern 130 is poor due to the flow on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and the convenience of disposing the first glaze slurry 220 can be improved.
所述第一釉料浆液220中,所述釉料溶液中的金属阳离子盐包括但不仅限于铁离子盐、钴离子盐、镍离子盐中的一种或多种。举例而言,所述金属阳离子盐包括Fe 2(C 2O 4) 3,CoC 2O 4,NiC 2O 4,NiCO 3,Co(NH 3) 4Cl中的一种或多种。需要说明的是,所谓多种,是指种类大于或等于两种。所述钴离子盐可以包括但不仅限于包括二价钴离子盐或三价钴离子盐。 In the first glaze slurry 220, the metal cation salt in the glaze solution includes but not limited to one or more of iron ion salt, cobalt ion salt, and nickel ion salt. For example, the metal cation salt includes one or more of Fe 2 (C 2 O 4 ) 3 , CoC 2 O 4 , NiC 2 O 4 , NiCO 3 , and Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl. It should be noted that the so-called multiple means that the types are greater than or equal to two types. The cobalt ion salt may include, but not limited to, divalent cobalt ion salt or trivalent cobalt ion salt.
所述溶剂可以为但不仅限于为乙酸乙酯,或乙二醇,或丁醇,或甲苯,只要所述溶剂可溶解所述金属阳离子盐即可。The solvent may be, but not limited to, ethyl acetate, or ethylene glycol, or butanol, or toluene, as long as the solvent can dissolve the metal cation salt.
所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。比如,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比可以为但不仅限于为:5%,或10%,或15%,或20%,或25%,或30%,或35%,或40%,或45%,或50%,或55%,60%,或65%,或70%,或75%,或75%,或80%,或90%,或95%。当所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比小于5%时,则所述金属阳离子盐的占比较小,会导致最终制备出来的第一图案130的颜色偏浅(即,灰度偏小),甚至颜色不明显。当所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比大于95%时,金属阳离子盐偏多,所述溶剂可能不能将所述金属盐离子盐完全溶解。因此,本申请实施方式中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%可兼顾最终制备出来的第一图案130的颜色灰度,以及溶剂溶解所述金属阳离子盐的能力。The weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 5% to 95%. For example, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent can be but not limited to: 5%, or 10%, or 15%, or 20%, or 25%, or 30%, or 35%, or 40% %, or 45%, or 50%, or 55%, or 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%, or 75%, or 80%, or 90%, or 95%. When the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent is less than 5%, the proportion of the metal cation salt is small, which will lead to a lighter color (that is, a smaller gray scale) of the first pattern 130 finally prepared. ), even the color is not obvious. When the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is greater than 95%, the metal cation salt is too much, and the solvent may not be able to completely dissolve the metal cation salt. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%, which can take into account the color gray scale of the first pattern 130 that is finally prepared, and the solvent dissolves the metal cation salt. ability.
需要说明的是,由于本申请实施方式中将所述第一釉料溶液设置于所述壳体生坯210a的表面,所述壳体生坯210a尚未经过烧结,相较于烧结后而言,未经过烧结的壳体生坯210a中的陶瓷颗粒之间的间隙较大,因此,所述第一釉料溶液中的金属阳离子120能够较为容易地进入到所述陶瓷颗粒之间的间隙,甚至进入到所述陶瓷颗粒内部。换而言之,所述壳体生坯210a相对不致密,因此,所述第一釉料溶液能够较为容易地进入到壳体生坯210a内。由此可见,相对烧结后而言,即便所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比较小,比如为5%至50%时,第一釉料溶液也能较为容易地进入到所述壳体生坯210a的内部,进而使得最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10具有质量较好(比如,灰度较为明显)的第一图案130。It should be noted that, since the first glaze solution is provided on the surface of the shell green body 210a in the embodiment of the present application, the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, compared with after sintering, The gaps between the ceramic particles in the shell green body 210a that has not been sintered are relatively large, therefore, the metal cations 120 in the first glaze solution can easily enter the gaps between the ceramic particles, and even into the interior of the ceramic particles. In other words, the shell green body 210a is relatively less dense, therefore, the first glaze solution can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. It can be seen that, compared with after sintering, even if the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is small, such as 5% to 50%, the first glaze solution can enter the shell relatively easily. The inside of the body green body 210a, so that the final prepared ceramic shell 10 has the first pattern 130 with better quality (for example, the gray scale is more obvious).
此外,本申请实施方式中提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域设置第一釉料浆液220时,由于设置时的公差,设置在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的第一釉料浆液220的厚度也会存在公差。由于所述壳体生坯210a尚未经过烧结,所述第一釉料浆液220能够较为容易地进入到壳体生坯210a中。因此,不同壳体生坯210a表面的第一釉料浆液220厚度不同时会导致最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的灰度甚至图案稍显不同,使得制备出来的陶瓷壳体10呈现出唯一的特征。比如,所述第一图案130为大理石纹理时,那么,不同的陶瓷壳体10中的大理石纹理的灰 度甚至图案稍显不同,使得所述陶瓷壳体10呈现出天然大理石的质感。In addition, in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application, when the first glaze slurry 220 is provided on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a, due to the tolerance during the setting, the There may also be tolerances in the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 on the surface of the green body 210a. Since the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, the first glaze slurry 220 can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. Therefore, the different thicknesses of the first glaze slurry 220 on the surface of the shell green body 210a will lead to slightly different gray scales or even patterns of the first pattern 130 of the finally prepared ceramic shell 10, so that the prepared ceramic shell 10 presented unique features. For example, when the first pattern 130 is a marble texture, the grayscale or even the pattern of the marble texture in different ceramic shells 10 is slightly different, so that the ceramic shell 10 presents the texture of natural marble.
在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域设置第一釉料浆液220的方式可以为但不仅限于为:喷涂、淋涂、打印、刷涂等方式。The method of disposing the first glaze slurry 220 on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a may be, but not limited to: spray coating, flow coating, printing, brush coating and the like.
在所述壳体生坯210a上设置的所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比相关。在釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%、以及所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1时,所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度小于或等于20μm。举例而言,所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度可以为但不仅限于为2μm,或5μm,或7μm,或10μm,或12μm,或15μm,或17μm,或20μm。The thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 set on the shell green body 210a and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the glaze in the first glaze slurry 220 The mass ratio of solution and viscous agent is related. The weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 is in the range of 1:1 When the ratio is 3:1, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than or equal to 20 μm. For example, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 may be, but not limited to, 2 μm, or 5 μm, or 7 μm, or 10 μm, or 12 μm, or 15 μm, or 17 μm, or 20 μm.
在所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下,所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度和最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中第一图案130的灰度的最大值相关。The thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 are certain. In some cases, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is related to the maximum value of the gray scale of the first pattern 130 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
在所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下:当所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度小于阈值厚度时,且所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度越厚,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的最大灰度值越大;相应地,在所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度小于阈值厚度时,且所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度越薄,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的最大灰度值越小。The thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 are certain. Situation: when the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thicker the first glaze slurry 220 is, the maximum grayscale of the first pattern 130 of the final ceramic shell 10 will be The larger the value is; correspondingly, when the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is thinner, the final prepared first pattern 130 of the ceramic housing 10 The smaller the maximum gray value of .
可以理解地,在所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下:当所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度大于或等于阈值厚度时,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的最大灰度变化随着所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度的变化而变化的程度较小,甚至不再变化。举例而言,在本实施方式中,所述阈值厚度的大小可以为但不仅限于为20μm,或者为25μm,或者为30μm。It can be understood that the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 In the case of a certain mass ratio: when the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the maximum grayscale change of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 increases as the first glaze The thickness of the slurry 220 changes to a lesser extent, or even does not change at all. For example, in this embodiment, the threshold thickness may be, but not limited to, 20 μm, or 25 μm, or 30 μm.
当所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度大于或等于所述阈值厚度时,当后续用激光对所述第一釉料浆液220得到的第一釉料层230进行图案化时所需要的时间较长,因此,制备所述陶瓷壳体10所用的时间较长,制备效率下降。When the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the time required for subsequent patterning of the first glaze layer 230 obtained from the first glaze slurry 220 by laser is shorter. Therefore, it takes a long time to prepare the ceramic shell 10, and the manufacturing efficiency decreases.
本申请实施方式中,在釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%、以及所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1时,所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度小于或等于20μm,一方面可满足最终制备出的陶瓷壳体10的第一预设图案的灰度满足要求,另一方面可兼顾后续用激光对所述第一釉料浆液220得到的第一釉料层230进行图案化时所需要的时间,使得制备所述陶瓷壳体10的效果较好。In the implementation manner of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 When the range of 1:1 to 3:1, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than or equal to 20 μm, on the one hand, it can meet the requirements of the grayscale of the first preset pattern of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 , on the other hand, it can take into account the time required for subsequent patterning of the first glaze layer 230 obtained from the first glaze slurry 220 with a laser, so that the effect of preparing the ceramic shell 10 is better.
S113,将第一釉料浆液220烘干以得到第一釉料层230。S113 , drying the first glaze slurry 220 to obtain a first glaze layer 230 .
可以理解地,在本实施方式中,以对所述第一釉料浆液220进行烘干形成所述第一釉料层230。在其他实施方式中,还可以为对所述第一釉料浆液220或风干、或挥发、抽真空等以形成第一釉料层230。It can be understood that, in this embodiment, the first glaze layer 230 is formed by drying the first glaze slurry 220 . In other embodiments, the first glaze slurry 220 may also be air-dried, volatilized, or vacuumed to form the first glaze layer 230 .
请参阅图2(c),图2(c)为图1中经过S130的结构示意图。将设置于第一釉料浆液220的所述壳体生坯210a进行烘干,所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液中的溶剂挥发,剩余金属阳离子盐与所述粘稠剂,以形成所述第一釉料层230。Please refer to FIG. 2(c). FIG. 2(c) is a schematic diagram of the structure of FIG. 1 after S130. The shell green body 210a set in the first glaze slurry 220 is dried, the solvent in the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220 is volatilized, and the remaining metal cation salt and the viscous agent are The first glaze layer 230 is formed.
对设置有第一釉料浆液220的所述壳体生坯210a进行烘干所需要的时间和温度和所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度相关。具体地,在一实施方式中,在一实施方式中,所述第一釉料浆液220的厚度小于或等于20μm,所述将第一釉料浆液220烘干以得到第一釉料层230,包括:于80℃至150℃,烘烤20分钟至50分钟,以在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域形成所述第一釉料层230。The time and temperature required for drying the shell green body 210 a provided with the first glaze slurry 220 are related to the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 . Specifically, in one embodiment, in one embodiment, the thickness of the first glaze slurry 220 is less than or equal to 20 μm, and the first glaze slurry 220 is dried to obtain the first glaze layer 230, The method includes: baking at 80° C. to 150° C. for 20 minutes to 50 minutes to form the first glaze layer 230 on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210 a.
烘烤温度为80℃至150℃,则所述烘烤温度包括但不仅限于为80℃,或90℃,或100℃,或110℃,或120℃,或130℃,或140℃,或150℃。The baking temperature is 80°C to 150°C, then the baking temperature includes but not limited to 80°C, or 90°C, or 100°C, or 110°C, or 120°C, or 130°C, or 140°C, or 150°C ℃.
烘烤时间为烤20分钟至50分钟,则所述烘烤时间包括但不仅限于为20分钟,或25分钟,或30分钟,或35分钟,或40分钟,或45分钟,或50分钟。The baking time is 20 minutes to 50 minutes, and the baking time includes but is not limited to 20 minutes, or 25 minutes, or 30 minutes, or 35 minutes, or 40 minutes, or 45 minutes, or 50 minutes.
将设置有第一釉料浆液220的所述壳体生坯210a进行烘干,是为了使得所述第一釉料浆液220中 的溶剂挥发,使得所述金属阳离子盐固定在所述壳体生坯210a的表面,便于后续用图案化。对于同样的第一釉料浆液220而言,烘烤温度越高,则烘烤时间越短;相应地,当烘烤温度越低,则烘烤时间越长。Drying the shell green body 210a provided with the first glaze slurry 220 is to volatilize the solvent in the first glaze slurry 220 so that the metal cation salt is fixed on the shell green body. The surface of the blank 210a is convenient for subsequent patterning. For the same first glaze slurry 220 , the higher the baking temperature, the shorter the baking time; correspondingly, the lower the baking temperature, the longer the baking time.
S120,对所述第一釉料层230进行图案化以形成第一图案化层240。S120 , pattern the first glaze layer 230 to form a first patterned layer 240 .
对所述第一釉料层230进行图案化以形成第一图案化层240,可以为但不仅限于为用激光雕刻、或纹理压印、或掩膜板及刻蚀等。Patterning the first glaze layer 230 to form the first patterned layer 240 may be, but not limited to, laser engraving, or texture embossing, or masking and etching.
请参阅图2(d),图2(d)为图1中经过S130的结构示意图。接下来对一种实施方式中,S130具体工艺进行详细介绍。Please refer to FIG. 2( d ). FIG. 2( d ) is a schematic diagram of the structure after S130 in FIG. 1 . Next, in an implementation manner, the specific process of S130 will be introduced in detail.
请一并参阅图5,图5为一实施方式中图1中S120所包括的流程示意图。在本实施方式中,S120包括S121、S122及S123,S121、S122及S123详细描述如下。Please also refer to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of S120 in FIG. 1 in an implementation manner. In this embodiment, S120 includes S121, S122, and S123, and S121, S122, and S123 are described in detail as follows.
S121,将预设图案输出到镭雕设备中。S121, outputting the preset pattern to the laser engraving device.
所述预设图案的样式决定了最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的样式。在本实施方式中,所述预设图案的样式和最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的样式相同,且灰度相同。在其他实施方式中,所述预设图案的样式和最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的样式相似,比如,所述预设图案的样式和最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的样式为比例关系(比如放大预设倍数,或缩小预设倍数)。在其他实施方式中,所述预设图案的灰度与最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130的灰度相似。The style of the preset pattern determines the style of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 . In this embodiment, the style of the preset pattern is the same as that of the first pattern 130 of the finally prepared ceramic shell 10 , and the gray scale is the same. In other embodiments, the style of the preset pattern is similar to the style of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic housing 10, for example, the style of the preset pattern is similar to the style of the final prepared ceramic housing 10. The style of the first pattern 130 is a proportional relationship (such as zooming in to a preset multiple, or reducing to a preset multiple). In other embodiments, the grayscale of the preset pattern is similar to the grayscale of the first pattern 130 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
举例而言,所述预设图案包括纹理图案,或者渐变图案。因此,制备出来的所述陶瓷壳体10的第一图案130包括纹理图案,或者渐变图案。换而言之,所述第一图案130的装饰效果包括纹理效果,或渐变效果。For example, the preset pattern includes a texture pattern or a gradient pattern. Therefore, the prepared first pattern 130 of the ceramic shell 10 includes a textured pattern, or a gradient pattern. In other words, the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 includes a texture effect, or a gradient effect.
当所述预设图案包括纹理图案时,所述预设图案可包括按照预设规律排布的多个纹理,比如,按照预设规律排布的多个线条(比如,直线段,或弧线端,或双曲线段),或者按照预设规律排布的多个图形(比如,三角形,或四边形,或圆形,或圆环形)。当所述预设图案包括渐变图案,可以包括水墨渐变图案,或者大理石纹路的渐变图案等。When the preset pattern includes a texture pattern, the preset pattern may include a plurality of textures arranged according to a preset rule, for example, a plurality of lines arranged according to a preset rule (for example, straight line segments, or arcs) ends, or hyperbola segments), or multiple figures arranged according to preset rules (for example, triangles, or quadrilaterals, or circles, or circular rings). When the preset pattern includes a gradient pattern, it may include an ink gradient pattern, or a marble texture gradient pattern, and the like.
为了兼顾所述陶瓷壳体10的制备效率及制备出来的第一图案130的精细度,所述镭雕设备可以为但不仅限于为红外镭雕设备,或者为紫外镭雕设备。相应地,所述镭雕设备输出的激光为红外激光或紫外激光。In order to balance the preparation efficiency of the ceramic shell 10 and the fineness of the prepared first pattern 130, the laser engraving equipment may be, but not limited to, infrared laser engraving equipment, or ultraviolet laser engraving equipment. Correspondingly, the laser output by the laser engraving device is an infrared laser or an ultraviolet laser.
所述镭雕设备精度决定了最终制备出来的第一图案130的样式的精度。当所述镭雕设备为红外镭雕设备时,所述镭雕设备输出的激光为红外激光,举例而言,所述红外激光的光斑直径为0.08mm,或者,所述红外激光的光斑直径约为0.08mm。当所述镭雕设备为紫外镭雕设备时,所述镭雕设备输出的激光为紫外激光,举例而言,所述紫外激光的光斑直径为0.03mm,或者,所述紫外激光的光斑直径为0.03mm。由此可见,所述紫外激光的光斑直径小于所述红外激光的光斑直径。即,所述紫外图案化设备的精度比所述红外图案化设备的精度高。可以理解地,虽然所述紫外图案化设备的精度比所述红外图案化设备的精度高,对于制备所述陶瓷壳体10而言,所述紫外图案化设备和所述红外图案化设备均能够满足所述陶瓷壳体10制备的精度要求。The precision of the laser engraving equipment determines the style precision of the final prepared first pattern 130 . When the laser engraving equipment is an infrared laser engraving equipment, the laser output by the laser engraving equipment is an infrared laser, for example, the spot diameter of the infrared laser is 0.08mm, or the spot diameter of the infrared laser is about is 0.08mm. When the laser engraving equipment is an ultraviolet laser engraving equipment, the laser output by the laser engraving equipment is an ultraviolet laser, for example, the spot diameter of the ultraviolet laser is 0.03mm, or the spot diameter of the ultraviolet laser is 0.03mm. It can be seen that the spot diameter of the ultraviolet laser is smaller than the spot diameter of the infrared laser. That is, the precision of the ultraviolet patterning device is higher than that of the infrared patterning device. It can be understood that although the precision of the ultraviolet patterning equipment is higher than that of the infrared patterning equipment, for the preparation of the ceramic housing 10, both the ultraviolet patterning equipment and the infrared patterning equipment can The precision requirements for the preparation of the ceramic shell 10 are met.
此外,本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,还可根据所需呈现的第一图案130各个部位的精细度对对所述激光的光斑进行调整。比如,需要制备出来的所述第一图案130中的一部分P和另一部分P’的精细度不同。所述部分P的精细度为第一精细度,所述另一部分P’的精细度为第二精细度;若所述第一精细度大于所述第二精细度,则,对所述部分P进行图案化的光斑的大小小于对所述另一部分P’进行图案化的光斑的大小。In addition, in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application, the laser spot can also be adjusted according to the fineness of each part of the first pattern 130 to be presented. For example, the part P and the other part P' of the first pattern 130 that need to be prepared have different fineness. The fineness of the part P is the first fineness, and the fineness of the other part P' is the second fineness; if the first fineness is greater than the second fineness, then for the part P The size of the patterned light spot is smaller than the size of the patterned light spot of the other portion P'.
S122,根据所述预设图案控制所述镭雕设备输出的激光的功率,所述预设图案中不同的灰度对应所述激光的功率不同,其中,所述灰度越大的部位对应的激光的功率越小。S122. Control the power of the laser output by the laser engraving device according to the preset pattern. Different grayscales in the preset pattern correspond to different powers of the laser, wherein the parts with larger grayscales correspond to The power of the laser is lower.
所述预设图案中的灰度越小的部位,对应的激光的功率越大;相应地,所述预设图案中灰度越大的部位,对应的激光的功率越小。The lower the gray level in the preset pattern, the greater the power of the corresponding laser; correspondingly, the lower the corresponding laser power is in the larger gray level of the preset pattern.
具体地,所述预设图案中的灰度越小的部位,对应的激光的功率越大,则,所述激光对所述第一釉 料层230中对应的部分进行图案化时,去掉的部分越多,剩余的部分越少。剩余的部分越少,则剩余的部分中的阳离子越少,进而导致制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中的第一图案130中相应的部位的灰度越小。相应地,所述预设图案中灰度越大的部位,对应的激光的功率越小,则,所述激光对所述第一釉料层230中对应的部分进行图案化时,去掉的部分越少,剩余的部分越多。剩余的部分越多,则剩余的部分中的阳离子越多,进而导致制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中的第一图案130中相应的部位的灰度越大。Specifically, the smaller the gray level in the preset pattern, the greater the power of the corresponding laser, then, when the laser patterns the corresponding part in the first glaze layer 230, the removed The more parts there are, the less parts are left over. The less the remaining part, the less the cations in the remaining part, which leads to the smaller grayscale of the corresponding part in the first pattern 130 in the prepared ceramic shell 10 . Correspondingly, the larger the grayscale of the part in the preset pattern, the lower the power of the corresponding laser, then, when the laser patterns the corresponding part in the first glaze layer 230, the removed part The less, the more left over. The more the remaining parts are, the more cations there are in the remaining parts, which leads to the greater grayscale of the corresponding parts in the first pattern 130 in the prepared ceramic shell 10 .
由此可见,通过所述激光对所述第一釉料层230的各个部分进行照射,根据所述预设图案的灰度不同选取相应的激光的功率,从而形成与所述预设图案的灰度对应的第一图案化层240,其中,所述第一图案化层240中厚度大的部位对应所述预设图案中灰度大的部分,所述第一图案化层240中厚度小的部位对应所述预设图案中的灰度小的部分。It can be seen that, by using the laser to irradiate each part of the first glaze layer 230, the power of the corresponding laser is selected according to the gray scale of the preset pattern, so as to form the gray color of the preset pattern. degree corresponding to the first patterned layer 240, wherein, the thicker part of the first patterned layer 240 corresponds to the larger gray part of the preset pattern, and the thinner part of the first patterned layer 240 The part corresponds to a part with a small gray scale in the preset pattern.
在一实施方式中,通过所述激光对所述第一釉料层230的各个部分进行照射时,与所述预设图案中灰度最大的部位对应的所述第一釉料层230中的部位可进行激光照射,也可不进行激光照射,具体是否需要照射和所述第一釉料层230的厚度,以及所述第一釉料层230中金属阳离子120的多少相关。相应地,与所述预设图案中灰度最小的部位对应的所述第一釉料层230中的部位可进行激光照射,也可不进行激光照射,具体是否需要照射和所述第一釉料层230的厚度,以及所述第一釉料层230中金属阳离子120的多少相关。只要满足,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中的第一图案130的灰度和所述预设图案的灰度一致即可。In one embodiment, when each part of the first glaze layer 230 is irradiated by the laser, the part of the first glaze layer 230 corresponding to the part with the highest grayscale in the preset pattern Laser irradiation may or may not be performed on the site, and whether irradiation is required depends on the thickness of the first glaze layer 230 and the amount of metal cations 120 in the first glaze layer 230 . Correspondingly, the position in the first glaze layer 230 corresponding to the position with the smallest grayscale in the preset pattern may or may not be irradiated with laser. The thickness of the layer 230 is related to the amount of metal cations 120 in the first glaze layer 230 . As long as it is satisfied, the grayscale of the first pattern 130 in the finally prepared ceramic shell 10 is consistent with the grayscale of the preset pattern.
在本实施方式中,对所述第一釉料层230进激光照射时,对应所述预设图案中灰度最大的部位的镭雕设备输出的激光的功率为0%;对应预设图案中灰度最小的部位的镭雕设备输出的激光的功率为100%。In this embodiment, when the first glaze layer 230 is irradiated with laser light, the laser power output by the laser engraving device corresponding to the part with the highest gray scale in the preset pattern is 0%; The laser power output by the laser engraving equipment at the part with the smallest gray scale is 100%.
S123,利用所述激光对所述第一釉料层230进行照射以去除第一釉料层230中的部分釉料形成所述第一图案化层240。S123 , using the laser to irradiate the first glaze layer 230 to remove part of the glaze in the first glaze layer 230 to form the first patterned layer 240 .
在一实施方式中,利用所述激光对所述第一釉料层230进行照射时,可沿着预设路径进行照射,比如,所述第一釉料层230包括相背的一端及另一端,那么,所述预设路径可以为从所述第一釉料层230的所述一端向所述第一釉料层230的所述另一端。In one embodiment, when using the laser to irradiate the first glaze layer 230, it can be irradiated along a preset path, for example, the first glaze layer 230 includes one end opposite to the other end , then, the preset path may be from the one end of the first glaze layer 230 to the other end of the first glaze layer 230 .
在另一实施方式中,利用所述激光对所述第一釉料层230进行照射,可按照所述预设图案的灰度不同进行照射,比如,可先根据所述预设图案中灰度最大的部位对所述第一釉料层230进行照射,再逐渐根据所述预设图案中灰度的降低对所述第一釉料层230中的相应部位进行照射。可以理解地,在其他实施方式中,可也先根据所述预设图案中灰度最小的部位对所述第一釉料层230进行照射,再逐渐根据所述预设图案中灰度的增大对所述第一釉料层230中相应的部位进行照射。In another embodiment, the laser is used to irradiate the first glaze layer 230, which can be irradiated according to the grayscale of the preset pattern, for example, the grayscale in the preset pattern can be irradiated first. The largest part is irradiated to the first glaze layer 230, and then the corresponding part in the first glaze layer 230 is irradiated gradually according to the decrease of the gray scale in the preset pattern. It can be understood that, in other implementation manners, the first glaze layer 230 may be irradiated according to the position with the smallest grayscale in the preset pattern first, and then gradually irradiated according to the increase in grayscale in the preset pattern. The corresponding parts in the first glaze layer 230 are irradiated.
S130,根据所述壳体生坯210a及第一图案化层240以得到具有第一图案130的陶瓷壳体10。S130, obtain the ceramic shell 10 with the first pattern 130 according to the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240.
具体地,请参阅图6,图6为图1中S130所包括的流程示意图。在一实施方式中,S130包括S130a及S130b,S130a及S130b详细介绍如下。Specifically, please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic flowchart of S130 in FIG. 1 . In an implementation manner, S130 includes S130a and S130b, and details of S130a and S130b are as follows.
S130a,将所述壳体生坯210a及所述第一图案化层240进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体坯件210b。S130a, debinding and sintering the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240 to obtain a ceramic shell blank 210b.
将设置有第一图案化层240的壳体生坯210a进行烧结,在烧结的过程中,所述第一图案化层240中的粘稠剂挥发,所述第一图案化层240中的金属阳离子120通过所述壳体生坯210a的表面而渗透进入(渗入)所述壳体生坯210a的内部。在对所述壳体生坯210a进行烧结的温度及时间一定的情况下,当壳体生坯210a中对应的第一图案化层240中的部分越厚时,渗透进入所述壳体生坯210a内部的金属阳离子120越多,因此,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中相应的部位的灰度越大;相应地,当壳体生坯210a中对应的第一图案化层240中的部分越薄时,渗透进入所述壳体生坯210a内部的金属阳离子120越少,因此,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中相应部位的灰度越小。因此,当所述第一图案化层240按照厚度梯度变化时,则经过对所述壳体生坯210a及所述第一图案化层240的烧结,金属阳离子120渗透进入壳体生坯210a,当对所述壳体生坯210a及所述第一图案化层240进行排胶烧结时,金属阳离子120在陶瓷壳体坯件210b中显色,从而形成具有某种颜色(如第一图案130具有第一颜色)的装饰效果。The shell green body 210a provided with the first patterned layer 240 is sintered. During the sintering process, the viscous agent in the first patterned layer 240 volatilizes, and the metal in the first patterned layer 240 The cations 120 permeate (infiltrate) into the interior of the case green body 210a through the surface of the case green body 210a. Under the condition that the temperature and time of sintering the shell green body 210a are constant, when the corresponding part of the first patterned layer 240 in the shell green body 210a is thicker, it penetrates into the shell green body The more metal cations 120 inside 210a, therefore, the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is larger; correspondingly, when the part in the corresponding first patterned layer 240 in the shell green body 210a The thinner it is, the less metal cations 120 permeate into the interior of the shell green body 210 a , and therefore, the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is smaller. Therefore, when the first patterned layer 240 changes according to the thickness gradient, the metal cations 120 penetrate into the shell green body 210a after sintering the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240, When debinding and sintering the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240, the metal cations 120 develop color in the ceramic shell blank 210b, thereby forming a certain color (such as the first pattern 130 It has the decorative effect of the first color).
请一并参阅图7,图7为图6中S130a所包括的流程示意图。在一实施方式中,S130a包括S131a、 S132a及S133a,S131a、S132a及S133a详细描述如下。Please also refer to FIG. 7 . FIG. 7 is a schematic flow diagram of S130 a in FIG. 6 . In one embodiment, S130a includes S131a, S132a and S133a, and S131a, S132a and S133a are described in detail as follows.
S131a,将所述壳体生坯210a进行逐步升温至800℃至950℃进行排胶,所述排胶时间的范围为2h至3h,以使所述壳体生坯210a中的粘结剂排出。S131a, gradually raising the temperature of the shell green body 210a to 800°C to 950°C for debinding, the debinding time ranges from 2h to 3h, so that the binder in the shell green body 210a is discharged .
在一实施方式中,进行排胶时的压力为常压。需要说明的是,本申请实施方式所指的常压通常是指标准大气压。In one embodiment, the pressure during debinding is normal pressure. It should be noted that the normal pressure referred to in the embodiments of the present application generally refers to standard atmospheric pressure.
当壳体生坯210a的原料组分还包括分散剂时,分散剂在排胶时也会发生分解或挥发,从而排除。When the raw material components of the shell green body 210a also include a dispersant, the dispersant also decomposes or volatilizes during debinding, thereby being eliminated.
需要说明的是,本申请实施方式所指的常压通常是指标准大气压。It should be noted that the normal pressure referred to in the embodiments of the present application generally refers to standard atmospheric pressure.
S132a,逐步升温至1350℃至1500℃,进行烧结,所述烧结的时间范围为8h至10h。以及S132a, gradually raise the temperature to 1350° C. to 1500° C. for sintering, and the sintering time ranges from 8 hours to 10 hours. as well as
S133a,降温,得到所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b。S133a, lowering the temperature to obtain the ceramic shell blank 210b.
需要说明的是,排胶时间及烧结时间不包括升温及冷却降温所需要的时间。在一实施方式中,降温为降温到室温,所谓室温,在一实施方式中为25℃或25℃左右。It should be noted that the debinding time and sintering time do not include the time required for heating up and cooling down. In one embodiment, lowering the temperature is to lower the temperature to room temperature, so-called room temperature, in one embodiment, is 25°C or about 25°C.
可选地,所述排胶的温度为800℃至950℃,具体地,可以为但不限于为800℃、或820℃、或840℃、或860℃、或880℃、或900℃、或920℃、或940℃、或950℃等。排胶的温度过低,则粘合剂排除时间过长,影响生产效率,甚至无法完全排除,易使得进行烧结时,在壳体坯件210a上留下气孔,影响得到的壳体坯件210a的机械强度,排胶的温度过高,粘合剂分解或挥发太剧烈,容易在壳体坯件210a中残留气泡,影响制得的壳体坯件210a的机械强度,此外,排胶温度过高,陶瓷可能过早发生结晶,也会使壳体坯件210a的机械强度降低。Optionally, the debinding temperature is 800°C to 950°C, specifically, but not limited to, 800°C, or 820°C, or 840°C, or 860°C, or 880°C, or 900°C, or 920°C, or 940°C, or 950°C, etc. If the temperature of debinding is too low, the adhesive removal time will be too long, which will affect the production efficiency, and even cannot be completely removed, and it is easy to leave pores on the shell blank 210a during sintering, which will affect the obtained shell blank 210a If the temperature of debinding is too high, the adhesive will decompose or volatilize too violently, and air bubbles will easily remain in the shell blank 210a, which will affect the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a. In addition, if the debinding temperature is too high High, ceramics may crystallize prematurely, and also reduce the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a.
可选地,所述排胶的时间为2h(小时)至3h,具体地,可以为但不限于为120min(分钟)、或130min、或140min、或150min、或160min、或170min、或180min等。排胶的时间过短,则排胶不完全,易使制得的壳体坯件210a中残留气泡,排胶的时间过短,影响生产效率。Optionally, the degumming time is 2h (hour) to 3h, specifically, but not limited to 120min (minute), or 130min, or 140min, or 150min, or 160min, or 170min, or 180min, etc. . If the deglue time is too short, the degumming will be incomplete, and air bubbles may remain in the shell blank 210a. If the degumming time is too short, the production efficiency will be affected.
可选地,烧结的温度的范围为1350℃至1500℃;具体地,可以为但不限于为1350℃、或1380℃、或1400℃、或1420℃、或1450℃、或1480℃、或1500℃等。烧结的温度太低,则壳体坯件210a没有成瓷;烧结的温度太高,则容易造成过烧,影响制得的壳体坯件210a的机械强度。Optionally, the sintering temperature ranges from 1350°C to 1500°C; specifically, it may be but not limited to 1350°C, or 1380°C, or 1400°C, or 1420°C, or 1450°C, or 1480°C, or 1500°C ℃ and so on. If the sintering temperature is too low, the shell blank 210a will not be porcelained; if the sintering temperature is too high, it will easily cause overfiring, which will affect the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a.
可选地,烧结的时间的范围为8h至10h;具体地,可以为但不限于为8h、或8.5h、或9h、或9.5h、或10h等。壳体生坯210a烧结的时间太长,容易让陶瓷晶粒生长过大,不利于提高壳体坯件210a的机械强度,壳体生坯210a烧结的时间过短,陶瓷粉体之间的致密性不够,容易存在成瓷不充分,也会影响制得的壳体坯件210a的机械强度。Optionally, the sintering time ranges from 8h to 10h; specifically, but is not limited to 8h, or 8.5h, or 9h, or 9.5h, or 10h, etc. If the sintering time of the shell green body 210a is too long, the ceramic grains may grow too large, which is not conducive to improving the mechanical strength of the shell green body 210a. If the sintering time of the shell green body 210a is too short, the density between the ceramic powder Insufficient properties may lead to insufficient ceramic formation, which will also affect the mechanical strength of the shell blank 210a produced.
S130b,将所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案130的陶瓷壳体10。S130b, processing the ceramic shell blank 210b to obtain a ceramic shell 10 with a predetermined size and a first pattern 130 .
请参阅图8,图8为图6中S130b所包括的流程示意图。S130b包括S131b及S132b,S131b及S132b详细描述如下。Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic flowchart of S130b in FIG. 6 . S130b includes S131b and S132b, and S131b and S132b are described in detail as follows.
S131b,将所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行CNC加工以得到预设尺寸的所述陶瓷壳体10。S131b, performing CNC machining on the ceramic shell blank 210b to obtain the ceramic shell 10 with a preset size.
所谓CNC,是指计算机数字控制加工(Computerized Numerical Control Machining,CNC)处理。The so-called CNC refers to computerized numerical control machining (Computerized Numerical Control Machining, CNC) processing.
S132b,对所述预设尺寸的所述陶瓷壳体10显露所述第一图案130的表面进行研磨抛光。S132b, grinding and polishing the surface of the ceramic housing 10 with the predetermined size where the first pattern 130 is exposed.
在一实施方式中,S132b具体如下:对所述预设尺寸的所述陶瓷壳体10显露所述第一图案130的表面进行研磨抛光以得到陶瓷壳体10,其中,所述陶瓷壳体10显露所述第一图案130的表面光泽度为130Gu至160Gu。In one embodiment, S132b is specifically as follows: Grinding and polishing the surface of the ceramic housing 10 with the predetermined size where the first pattern 130 is exposed to obtain a ceramic housing 10, wherein the ceramic housing 10 The surface glossiness exposing the first pattern 130 is 130Gu to 160Gu.
所述预设尺寸包括但不仅限于为包括宽度、长度、厚度、弯曲度等。所述预设尺寸根据所述陶瓷壳体10所适用的电子设备1的尺寸而定。举例而言,当所述陶瓷壳体10适用于手机上且作为手机的后盖时,所述陶瓷壳体10的长度*宽度可以为但不仅限于为140mm*70mm、或150mm*80mm等。在一实施方式中,将设置有第一图案化层240的壳体生坯210a进行烧结得到的陶瓷壳体坯件210b,对所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行加工得到的具有第一图案130的陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.2mm至1.0mm。举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.2mm,或0.25mm,或0.3mm,或0.35mm,或0.4mm,或0.45mm,或0.5mm,或0.55mm,或0.6mm,或0.65mm,或0.7mm,或0.75mm,或0.8mm,或0.85mm,或0.9mm,或0.95mm,或1.0mm。相应地,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入的部分的厚度为1μm至300μm。举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入的部分的厚度为1μm,或1.5μm,或2μm,或 5μm,或10μm,或15μm,或20μm,或30μm,或40μm,或50μm,或60μm,或70μm,或80μm,或90μm,或100μm,或110μm,或120μm,或130μm,或140μm,或150μm,或160μm,或170μm,或180μm,或190μm,或200μm,或210μm,或220μm,或230μm,或240μm,或250μm,或260μm,或270μm,或280μm,或290μm,或300μm。The preset dimensions include, but are not limited to, width, length, thickness, curvature and the like. The preset size is determined according to the size of the electronic device 1 to which the ceramic housing 10 is applied. For example, when the ceramic housing 10 is suitable for a mobile phone and used as a back cover of the mobile phone, the length*width of the ceramic housing 10 may be, but not limited to, 140mm*70mm, or 150mm*80mm. In one embodiment, the ceramic shell blank 210b obtained by sintering the shell green body 210a provided with the first patterned layer 240 has the first pattern 130 obtained by processing the ceramic shell blank 210b. The thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.2 mm to 1.0 mm. For example, the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.2mm, or 0.25mm, or 0.3mm, or 0.35mm, or 0.4mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.55mm, or 0.6mm, or 0.65 mm, or 0.7mm, or 0.75mm, or 0.8mm, or 0.85mm, or 0.9mm, or 0.95mm, or 1.0mm. Correspondingly, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is 1 μm to 300 μm. For example, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 is 1 μm, or 1.5 μm, or 2 μm, or 5 μm, or 10 μm, or 15 μm, or 20 μm, or 30 μm, or 40 μm, Or 50μm, or 60μm, or 70μm, or 80μm, or 90μm, or 100μm, or 110μm, or 120μm, or 130μm, or 140μm, or 150μm, or 160μm, or 170μm, or 180μm, or 190μm, or 200μm, or 210μm , or 220 μm, or 230 μm, or 240 μm, or 250 μm, or 260 μm, or 270 μm, or 280 μm, or 290 μm, or 300 μm.
在一实施方式中,将设置有第一图案化层240的壳体生坯210a进行烧结得到的陶瓷壳体坯件210b,对所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行加工得到的具有第一图案130的陶瓷壳体10的厚度为35mm至0.55mm。举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.35mm,或0.38mm,或0.4mm,或0.42mm,或0.45mm,或0.48mm,或0.5mm,或0.55mm。相应地,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入的部分的厚度为1μm至200μm。举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入的部分的厚度为1μm,或1.5μm,或2μm,或5μm,或10μm,或15μm,或20μm,或30μm,或40μm,或50μm,或60μm,或70μm,或80μm,或90μm,或100μm,或110μm,或120μm,或130μm,或140μm,或150μm,或160μm,或170μm,或180μm,或190μm,或200μm。所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入且灰度最小处的部分的厚度为1μm至2μm,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入且灰度最大处的部分的厚度为100μm至200μm。举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入且灰度最小处的部分的厚度1μm,或1.2μm,或1.5μm,或1.8μm或2μm;相应地,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入且灰度最大处的部分的厚度为100μm,或105μm,或110μm,或115μm,或120μm,或125μm,或130μm,或135μm,或140μm,或145μm,或150μm,或155μm,或160μm,或165μm,或170μm,或175μm,或180μm,或185μm,或190μm,或195μm,或200μm。In one embodiment, the ceramic shell blank 210b obtained by sintering the shell green body 210a provided with the first patterned layer 240 has the first pattern 130 obtained by processing the ceramic shell blank 210b. The thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 35mm to 0.55mm. For example, the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.35mm, or 0.38mm, or 0.4mm, or 0.42mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.48mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.55mm. Correspondingly, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is 1 μm to 200 μm. For example, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 is 1 μm, or 1.5 μm, or 2 μm, or 5 μm, or 10 μm, or 15 μm, or 20 μm, or 30 μm, or 40 μm, Or 50 μm, or 60 μm, or 70 μm, or 80 μm, or 90 μm, or 100 μm, or 110 μm, or 120 μm, or 130 μm, or 140 μm, or 150 μm, or 160 μm, or 170 μm, or 180 μm, or 190 μm, or 200 μm. The thickness of the part of the ceramic housing 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 and the minimum gray scale is 1 μm to 2 μm, and the thickness of the part of the ceramic housing 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 and the maximum gray scale The thickness is 100 μm to 200 μm. For example, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 that is infiltrated by the metal cation 120 and has the minimum gray scale is 1 μm, or 1.2 μm, or 1.5 μm, or 1.8 μm or 2 μm; correspondingly, the ceramic shell The thickness of the part of the body 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 with the maximum gray scale is 100 μm, or 105 μm, or 110 μm, or 115 μm, or 120 μm, or 125 μm, or 130 μm, or 135 μm, or 140 μm, or 145 μm, or 150μm, or 155μm, or 160μm, or 165μm, or 170μm, or 175μm, or 180μm, or 185μm, or 190μm, or 195μm, or 200μm.
对预设尺寸的陶瓷壳体10显露所述第一图案130的表面进行研磨及抛光,以得到高光状态的陶瓷壳体10。可选地,所述陶瓷壳体10表面的光泽度(60°角测试)为130Gu至160Gu。具体地,陶瓷壳体10的光泽度可以为但不限于为130Gu、135Gu、140Gu、145Gu、150Gu、155Gu、160Gu等。当陶瓷壳体10的表面的光泽度过低(例如低于110Gu)时,则所述陶瓷壳体10的表面的光泽不明显,影响陶瓷壳体10的质感;当陶瓷壳体10的表面的光泽度过高(例如高于160Gu)时,则提高了制备陶瓷壳体10的表面的成本及工艺难度。当所述陶瓷壳体10表面的光泽度为110Gu至160Gu时,陶瓷壳体10表面具有良好的光泽度,同时又易于制得。Grinding and polishing the surface of the ceramic housing 10 with a predetermined size exposing the first pattern 130 to obtain a high-gloss ceramic housing 10 . Optionally, the glossiness (60° angle test) of the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is 130Gu to 160Gu. Specifically, the glossiness of the ceramic shell 10 may be, but not limited to, 130Gu, 135Gu, 140Gu, 145Gu, 150Gu, 155Gu, 160Gu, and the like. When the gloss of the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is too low (for example, lower than 110Gu), the gloss of the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is not obvious, which affects the texture of the ceramic housing 10; when the surface of the ceramic housing 10 is When the gloss is too high (for example higher than 160Gu), the cost and process difficulty of preparing the surface of the ceramic shell 10 will be increased. When the glossiness of the surface of the ceramic casing 10 is 110Gu to 160Gu, the surface of the ceramic casing 10 has a good glossiness and is easy to manufacture.
可选地,本申请的陶瓷壳体10的维氏硬度可以为但不限于为1200HV至1400HV。具体地,可以为但不限于为1200HV、1230HV、1250HV、1280HV、1300HV、1320HV、1350HV、1380HV、1400HV等。陶瓷壳体10的维氏硬度越高,得到的陶瓷壳体10的硬度越高。Optionally, the Vickers hardness of the ceramic housing 10 of the present application may be, but not limited to, 1200HV to 1400HV. Specifically, it may be, but not limited to, 1200HV, 1230HV, 1250HV, 1280HV, 1300HV, 1320HV, 1350HV, 1380HV, 1400HV, etc. The higher the Vickers hardness of the ceramic case 10 is, the higher the hardness of the obtained ceramic case 10 is.
此外,由于所述第一图案化层240中的金属阳离子120渗透进入壳体生坯210a,当对所述壳体生坯210a及所述第一图案化层240进行排胶烧结时,金属阳离子120在陶瓷壳体坯件210b中显色,金属阳离子120的渗入对所述陶瓷壳体10的结构强度影响较小。换而言之,有金属阳离子120渗透进入的所述陶瓷壳体10的部分的硬度和未渗透进入所述金属阳离子120的所述陶瓷壳体10的部分的硬度相当,从而使得最终制备的陶瓷壳体10的各个部分的强度相当。In addition, since the metal cations 120 in the first patterned layer 240 permeate into the shell green body 210a, when the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240 are debinding and sintered, the metal cations 120 develops color in the ceramic shell blank 210b, and the infiltration of metal cations 120 has little effect on the structural strength of the ceramic shell 10 . In other words, the hardness of the portion of the ceramic housing 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is equivalent to the hardness of the portion of the ceramic housing 10 that is not infiltrated by the metal cations 120, so that the final prepared ceramic The strength of each part of the housing 10 is comparable.
由前面介绍可知,本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法在壳体生坯210a的表面设置第一釉料层230,并利用激光对第一釉料层230进行图案化形成第一图案化层240。当对设置有第一图案化层240的陶瓷壳体10进行烧结时,第一图案化层240中的金属阳离子120做为显色物质120渗透进入(渗入)到陶瓷壳体坯件210b中中而显色。在对所述壳体生坯210a进行烧结的温度及时间一定的情况下,当陶瓷壳体10中对应的第一图案化层240中的部分越厚时,渗透进入所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b内部的金属阳离子120越多,因此,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中相应的部位的灰度越大;相应地,当壳体生坯210a中对应的第一图案化层240中的部分越薄时,渗透进入所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b内部的金属阳离子120越少,因此,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中相应部位的灰度越小。因此,本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法可控制所述第一图案化层240中各个部分的厚度,即可控制渗透进入所述陶瓷壳体10中的金属阳离子120的含量,从而形成具有某种颜色(如第一图案130具有第一颜色)按照灰度梯度变化的装饰效果。As can be seen from the foregoing introduction, the method for preparing a ceramic shell provided by the embodiment of the present application provides a first glaze layer 230 on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and uses a laser to pattern the first glaze layer 230 to form a first pattern. Layer 240. When the ceramic shell 10 provided with the first patterned layer 240 is sintered, the metal cations 120 in the first patterned layer 240 permeate (infiltrate) into the ceramic shell blank 210b as the color-developing substance 120 And color. When the temperature and time of sintering the shell green body 210a are constant, when the corresponding part of the first patterned layer 240 in the ceramic shell 10 is thicker, the The more metal cations 120 inside 210b, therefore, the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is larger; correspondingly, when the corresponding part in the first patterned layer 240 in the shell green body 210a The thinner it is, the less metal cations 120 permeate into the interior of the ceramic shell blank 210 b , therefore, the gray scale of the corresponding part in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 is smaller. Therefore, the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided by the embodiment of the present application can control the thickness of each part in the first patterned layer 240, that is, control the content of the metal cations 120 permeating into the ceramic shell 10, thereby forming It has a decorative effect that a certain color (for example, the first pattern 130 has the first color) changes according to the grayscale gradient.
综上所述,本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法在形成所述第一图案130时,可兼所述陶瓷壳 体10中第一图案130的颜色灰度变化、第一图案130的精细度、所述陶瓷壳体10的硬度、以及所述陶瓷壳体10的表面光泽度,进而制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的外观效果较好。To sum up, the method for preparing the ceramic shell provided by the embodiment of the present application can take into account the change of the color grayscale of the first pattern 130 in the ceramic shell 10 and the change of the first pattern 130 when the first pattern 130 is formed. Fineness, hardness of the ceramic shell 10 , and surface gloss of the ceramic shell 10 , and thus the appearance of the prepared ceramic shell 10 is better.
此外,本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,所述壳体生坯210a尚未经过烧结,对壳体生坯210a及第一图案化层240进行排胶烧结,从而可避免多次(比如大于或等于2次)烧结对最终制备的陶瓷壳体10的强度的影响。若所述陶瓷壳体10在制备的过程中经过2次及以上的烧结,则在第二次及后续的烧结时,会使得陶瓷壳体10内的晶体粒径长大,进行影响到最终形成的陶瓷壳体10的强度。因此,本申请实施方式中对所述壳体生坯210a及所述第一图案化层240进行一次烧结,可使得最终制备成的陶瓷壳体10的强度较大。In addition, in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application, the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, and the shell green body 210a and the first patterned layer 240 are subjected to debinding and sintering, thereby avoiding multiple times (such as greater than or equal to 2 times) sintering on the strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 . If the ceramic shell 10 is sintered twice or more during the preparation process, the crystal grain size in the ceramic shell 10 will grow during the second and subsequent sintering, which will affect the final formation of the ceramic shell 10. The strength of the ceramic housing 10. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the primary sintering of the shell green body 210 a and the first patterned layer 240 can make the final prepared ceramic shell 10 stronger.
下面对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体10的强度进行说明。通常用落球强度来表征一个待测试物体(本申请中待测试物体为陶瓷壳体10)的强度。在国标中,所谓落球强度,是以重量为32g的钢球,从距离所述待测试物体预设高度落下至所述待测试物体的中心,连续砸5次,观察所述待测试物体是否裂开。若所述待测试物体没有裂开,则,在所述预设高度的基础上再增加5cm(厘米),重新执行落下至所述待测试物体的中线,并连续砸5次,观察待测试物体是否裂开。依次往复,直至第N次所述钢球将所述待测试物体砸裂。那么,则表明钢球对待测试物体进行砸落时,第N-1次测试时的所述钢球距离所述待测试物体的高度为所述待测试物体能够承受的最大高度,所述最大高度被称为落球强度。The strength of the ceramic housing 10 provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below. Usually, the falling ball strength is used to characterize the strength of an object to be tested (the object to be tested in this application is the ceramic shell 10 ). In the national standard, the so-called falling ball strength means that a steel ball with a weight of 32g is dropped from a preset height from the object to be tested to the center of the object to be tested and smashed 5 times continuously to observe whether the object to be tested is cracked or not. open. If the object to be tested is not cracked, add another 5cm (centimeter) on the basis of the preset height, re-execute falling to the center line of the object to be tested, and drop it 5 times continuously, and observe the object to be tested Whether it is cracked. Reciprocating in sequence until the steel ball smashes the object to be tested for the Nth time. Then, it shows that when the steel ball is dropped on the object to be tested, the height of the steel ball from the object to be tested during the N-1 test is the maximum height that the object to be tested can bear, and the maximum height Known as the falling ball strength.
举例而言,所述钢球以距离陶瓷壳体1060cm的高度,落下至所述陶瓷壳体10的中心,连续砸5次,若所述陶瓷壳体10未裂开,则再继续升高5cm进行下一轮测试。即,所述钢球以距离陶瓷壳体1065cm的高度,落下至所述陶瓷壳体10的中心,连续砸5次,若所述陶瓷壳体10未裂开,则,进行下一轮测试。即,所述钢球以距离陶瓷壳体1065cm的高度,落下至所述陶瓷壳体10的中心,连续砸5次,若所述陶瓷壳体10裂开,则说明所述钢球以距离所述陶瓷壳体1065cm的高度为所述陶瓷壳体10能够承受的最大高度,即,所述钢球的落球强度为65cm。For example, the steel ball is dropped to the center of the ceramic shell 10 at a height of 1060 cm from the ceramic shell, and smashed 5 times in a row. If the ceramic shell 10 is not cracked, continue to rise by 5 cm. Proceed to the next round of testing. That is, the steel ball is dropped to the center of the ceramic housing 10 at a height of 1065 cm from the ceramic housing, and smashed 5 times in a row. If the ceramic housing 10 is not cracked, the next round of testing is performed. That is, the steel ball is dropped to the center of the ceramic housing 10 at a height of 1065 cm from the ceramic housing, and smashed 5 times in a row. The height of the ceramic housing 1065 cm is the maximum height that the ceramic housing 10 can bear, that is, the falling ball strength of the steel ball is 65 cm.
为了保证试验结果的可靠性,通常选取多个(通常选取10个)陶瓷壳体10进行测试,所述多个陶瓷壳体10的落球强度的均值作为所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值。In order to ensure the reliability of the test results, multiple (usually 10) ceramic shells 10 are usually selected for testing, and the average value of the falling ball strength of the multiple ceramic shells 10 is taken as the average value of the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 .
通常而言,对于同样制备方法得到的陶瓷壳体10,陶瓷壳体10的厚度越大,则所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度越大。Generally speaking, for the ceramic shell 10 obtained by the same preparation method, the larger the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is, the greater the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is.
比如,所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.35mm至0.55mm;所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度越大,则所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度越大。当所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.33mm时,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为50cm至55cm;当所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.55mm时,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为85cm至88cm。因此,当所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.35mm至0.55mm,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为50cm至88cm。For example, the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm; the greater the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 , the greater the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 . When the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.33mm, the average value of the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is 50cm to 55cm; when the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.55mm, the The average drop strength is 85cm to 88cm. Therefore, when the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm, the average falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is 50 cm to 88 cm.
请参阅图9及图10,图9为本申请一实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的流程图;图10(a)~图10(g)为图9中各个步骤对应的结构示意图。在本实施方式中,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括S10及S20,S10及S20详细描述如下。Please refer to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 . FIG. 9 is a flow chart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 10( a ) to FIG. 10( g ) are structural schematic diagrams corresponding to each step in FIG. 9 . In this embodiment, the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S10 and S20, and details of S10 and S20 are as follows.
S10,在所述壳体生坯210a表面形成第二釉料层260,所述第二釉料层260与所述第一釉料层230间隔设置。请参阅图10(c)。S10, forming a second glaze layer 260 on the surface of the shell green body 210a, where the second glaze layer 260 is spaced apart from the first glaze layer 230 . See Figure 10(c).
当所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括S10时,所述S10可以位于S110之前,或者S10位于S110之后,或者S10与S110同时进行。在实施方式的示意图中,以S10位于S110之后为例进行示意,不应当理解为对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。When the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S10, S10 may be performed before S110, or S10 may be performed after S110, or S10 and S110 may be performed simultaneously. In the schematic diagram of the embodiment, it is illustrated by taking S10 after S110 as an example, which should not be construed as a limitation to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application.
对所述第二釉料层260进行图案化以形成第二图案化层270,可以为但不仅限于为用激光雕刻、或纹理压印、或掩膜板及刻蚀等。Patterning the second glaze layer 260 to form the second patterned layer 270 may be, but not limited to, laser engraving, or texture embossing, or masking and etching.
请一并参阅图11,图11为图9中S10包括的流程示意图。S10包括S11及S12,接下来对S11及S12详细描述如下。Please also refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic flowchart of S10 in FIG. 9 . S10 includes S11 and S12, and the detailed description of S11 and S12 is as follows.
S11,在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的部分区域设置第二釉料浆液250。当所S10包括S11时,且S110包括S112时,S11可以位于S112之后,或者,S11可以位于S112之前,或者S11与S112同步进行。所述壳体生坯210a请参阅图10(a),S11对应的结构图请参阅图10(b)。S11, disposing a second glaze slurry 250 on a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a. When S10 includes S11, and S110 includes S112, S11 may be located after S112, or S11 may be located before S112, or S11 and S112 are performed synchronously. Please refer to FIG. 10(a) for the shell blank 210a, and refer to FIG. 10(b) for the structure diagram corresponding to S11.
下面对所述第二釉料浆液250进行详细说明。在一实施方式中,所述第二釉料浆液250包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。The second glaze slurry 250 will be described in detail below. In one embodiment, the second glaze slurry 250 includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1; The glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%.
所述第二釉料浆液250中的所述粘稠剂可以为但不仅限于为环氧树脂、或酚醛树脂等。所述第二釉料浆液250中的粘稠剂可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中的粘稠剂相同,也可以不相同,在本申请中不做限定。所述粘稠剂用于使得所述第二釉料浆液250具有一定的粘度,便于在所述壳体生坯210a的表面设置所述第二釉料浆液250。The viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, epoxy resin or phenolic resin. The viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not limited in this application. The viscous agent is used to make the second glaze slurry 250 have a certain viscosity, so as to facilitate disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a.
接下来对所述第二釉料浆液250进行详细介绍。所述第二釉料浆液250中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1,可以为但不仅限于为1:1,或1.5:1,或2:1,或2.5:1,或3:1。当所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量百分比小于1:1时,则所述粘稠剂的比例过高,导致所述第二釉料浆液250的粘度较高,不利于喷涂。当所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量百分比大于3:1时,则所述粘稠剂的比例过低,导致所述第二釉料浆液250的粘度不够,当所述第二釉料浆液250设置在所述壳体生坯210a的表面上时,则较容易流动,进而使得最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中的第二图案140不良。因此,本申请实施方式中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1,可避免所述第二釉料浆液250的粘度过低导致的在所述壳体生坯210a的表面上流动导致的制备出来的第二图案140不良,且可提升将所述第二釉料浆液250设置时的方便性。所述第二釉料浆液250中的釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比,可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中的釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比相同,也可以不相同,在本申请中不做限定。Next, the second glaze slurry 250 will be described in detail. In the second glaze slurry 250, the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1, which may be but not limited to 1:1, or 1.5:1, Or 2:1, or 2.5:1, or 3:1. When the mass percentage of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is less than 1:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too high, resulting in high viscosity of the second glaze slurry 250 , which is not conducive to spraying. When the mass percentage of the glaze solution and the viscous agent is greater than 3:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too low, resulting in insufficient viscosity of the second glaze slurry 250, when the second When the glaze slurry 250 is disposed on the surface of the shell green body 210a, it is easy to flow, which makes the second pattern 140 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 poor. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is in the range of 1:1 to 3:1, which can avoid the second glaze slurry 250 having a low viscosity. The prepared second pattern 140 is poor due to the flow on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and the convenience of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 can be improved. The mass ratio of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 to the viscous agent may be the same as the mass ratio of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220 to the viscous agent, or may be different, and are not limited in this application.
所述第二釉料浆液250中,所述釉料溶液中的金属阳离子盐包括但不仅限于铁离子盐、钴离子盐、镍离子盐中的一种或多种。举例而言,所述金属阳离子盐包括Fe 2(C 2O 4) 3,CoC 2O 4,NiC 2O 4,NiCO 3,Co(NH 3) 4Cl中的一种或多种。需要说明的是,所谓多种,是指种类大于或等于两种。所述钴离子盐可以包括但不仅限于包括二价钴离子盐或三价钴离子盐。在一实施方式中,所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液的金属阳离子盐与所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液的金属阳离子盐不同,以使得最终制备出的第一图案130的第一颜色与第二图案140的第二颜色不同。 In the second glaze slurry 250, the metal cation salt in the glaze solution includes but not limited to one or more of iron ion salt, cobalt ion salt, and nickel ion salt. For example, the metal cation salt includes one or more of Fe 2 (C 2 O 4 ) 3 , CoC 2 O 4 , NiC 2 O 4 , NiCO 3 , and Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl. It should be noted that the so-called multiple means that the types are greater than or equal to two types. The cobalt ion salt may include, but not limited to, divalent cobalt ion salt or trivalent cobalt ion salt. In one embodiment, the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 is different from the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220, so that the final prepared first pattern The first color of 130 is different from the second color of the second pattern 140 .
所述溶剂可以为但不仅限于为乙酸乙酯,或乙二醇,或丁醇,或甲苯,只要所述溶剂可溶解所述金属阳离子盐即可。所述第二釉料浆液250中的溶剂可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中的溶剂相同,也可以不相同,在本申请中不做限定。The solvent may be, but not limited to, ethyl acetate, or ethylene glycol, or butanol, or toluene, as long as the solvent can dissolve the metal cation salt. The solvent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the solvent in the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not limited in this application.
所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。比如,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比可以为但不仅限于为:5%,或10%,或15%,或20%,或25%,或30%,或35%,或40%,或45%,或50%,或55%,60%,或65%,或70%,或75%,或75%,或80%,或90%,或95%。当所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比小于5%时,则所述金属阳离子盐的占比较小,会导致最终制备出来的第二图案140的颜色偏浅(即,灰度偏小),甚至颜色不明显。当所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比大于95%时,金属阳离子盐偏多,所述溶剂可能不能将所述金属盐离子盐完全溶解。因此,本申请实施方式中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%可兼顾最终制备出来的第二图案140的颜色灰度,以及溶剂溶解所述金属阳离子盐的能力。The weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 5% to 95%. For example, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent can be but not limited to: 5%, or 10%, or 15%, or 20%, or 25%, or 30%, or 35%, or 40% %, or 45%, or 50%, or 55%, or 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%, or 75%, or 80%, or 90%, or 95%. When the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent is less than 5%, the proportion of the metal cation salt is small, which will lead to a lighter color (that is, a smaller gray scale) of the second pattern 140 finally prepared. ), even the color is not obvious. When the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is greater than 95%, the metal cation salt is too much, and the solvent may not be able to completely dissolve the metal cation salt. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%, which can take into account the color gray scale of the second pattern 140 that is finally prepared, and the solvent dissolves the metal cation salt. ability.
所述第二釉料浆液250中所述釉料溶液的所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中所述釉料溶液的所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比相同,也可以不相同,在本实施方式中不做限定。The weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220. The weight percentages of the solvents are the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment.
需要说明的是,由于本申请实施方式中将所述第二釉料溶液设置于所述壳体生坯210a的表面,所述壳体生坯210a尚未经过烧结,相较于烧结后而言,未经过烧结的壳体生坯210a中的陶瓷颗粒之间的间隙较大,因此,所述第二釉料溶液中的金属阳离子120能够较为容易地进入到所述陶瓷颗粒之间的间隙,甚至进入到所述陶瓷颗粒内部。换而言之,所述陶瓷生坯相对不致密,因此,所述第二釉料溶液能够较为容易地进入到壳体生坯210a内。由此可见,相对烧结后而言,即便所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比较小,比如为5%至50%时,第二釉料溶液也能较为容易地进入到所述壳体生坯210a的内部,进而使得最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10具有质量较好(比如,灰度较为明显)的第二图案140。It should be noted that, since the second glaze solution is provided on the surface of the shell green body 210a in the embodiment of the present application, the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, compared with after sintering, The gaps between the ceramic particles in the shell green body 210a that has not been sintered are relatively large, therefore, the metal cations 120 in the second glaze solution can easily enter the gaps between the ceramic particles, and even into the interior of the ceramic particles. In other words, the ceramic green body is relatively less dense, therefore, the second glaze solution can easily enter into the shell green body 210a. It can be seen that, compared with after sintering, even if the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is small, such as 5% to 50%, the second glaze solution can enter the shell relatively easily. body green body 210a, so that the final prepared ceramic shell 10 has the second pattern 140 with better quality (for example, more obvious grayscale).
此外,本申请实施方式中提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域设置第二釉料浆液250时,由于设置时的公差,设置在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的第二釉料浆液250的厚度也会存在公差。由于所述壳体生坯210a尚未经过烧结,所述第二釉料浆液250能够较为容易地进入到壳体生坯210a中。因此,不同壳体生坯210a表面的第二釉料浆液250厚度不同时会导致最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的灰度甚至图案稍显不同,使得制备出来的陶瓷壳体10呈现出唯一的特征。比如,所述第二图案140为大理石纹理时,那么,不同的陶瓷壳体10中的大理石纹理的灰度甚至图案稍显不同,使得所述陶瓷壳体10呈现出天然大理石的质感。In addition, in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application, when the second glaze slurry 250 is provided on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a, due to the tolerance of the setting, the second glaze slurry 250 is placed on the shell There may also be tolerances in the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the green body 210a. Since the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, the second glaze slurry 250 can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. Therefore, the different thicknesses of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a will lead to slightly different gray scales or even patterns of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10, so that the prepared ceramic shell 10 presented unique features. For example, when the second pattern 140 is a marble texture, the grayscale or even the pattern of the marble texture in different ceramic shells 10 is slightly different, so that the ceramic shell 10 presents the texture of natural marble.
在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的部分区域设置第二釉料浆液250的方式可以为但不仅限于为:喷涂、淋涂、打印、刷涂等方式。The method of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a may be, but not limited to: spray coating, flow coating, printing, brush coating and the like.
在所述壳体生坯210a上设置的所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比相关。在釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1时,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于或等于20μm。举例而言,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度可以为但不仅限于为2μm,或5μm,或7μm,或10μm,或12μm,或15μm,或17μm,或20μm。The thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 set on the shell green body 210a and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the glaze in the second glaze slurry 250 The mass ratio of solution and viscous agent is related. The weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 is in the range of 1:1 When the ratio is 3:1, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 μm. For example, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, 2 μm, or 5 μm, or 7 μm, or 10 μm, or 12 μm, or 15 μm, or 17 μm, or 20 μm.
在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中第二图案140的灰度的最大值相关。The thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. In some cases, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is related to the maximum value of the gray scale of the second pattern 140 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下:当所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于阈值厚度时,且所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度越厚,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的最大灰度值越大;相应地,在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于阈值厚度时,且所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度越薄,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的最大灰度值越小。The thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. Situation: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thicker the second glaze slurry 250 is, the maximum grayscale of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 The larger the value is; correspondingly, when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is thinner, the second pattern 140 of the ceramic shell 10 finally prepared The smaller the maximum gray value of .
可以理解地,在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下:当所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度大于或等于阈值厚度时,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的最大灰度变化随着所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度的变化而变化的程度较小,甚至不再变化。举例而言,在本实施方式中,所述阈值厚度的大小可以为但不仅限于为20μm,或者为25μm,或者为30μm。It can be understood that the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 In the case of a certain mass ratio: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the maximum grayscale change of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 increases with the second glaze The thickness of the slurry 250 changes to a lesser extent, or even does not change at all. For example, in this embodiment, the threshold thickness may be, but not limited to, 20 μm, or 25 μm, or 30 μm.
当所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度大于或等于所述阈值厚度时,当后续用激光对所述第二釉料浆液250得到的第二釉料层260进行图案化时所需要的时间较长,因此,制备所述陶瓷壳体10所用的时间较长,制备效率下降。When the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 by laser is shorter. Therefore, it takes a long time to prepare the ceramic shell 10, and the manufacturing efficiency decreases.
本申请实施方式中,在釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1时,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于或等于20μm,一方面可满足最终制备出的陶瓷壳体10的第二预设图案的灰度满足要求,另一方面可兼顾后续用激光对所述第二釉料浆液250得到的第二釉料层260进行图案化时所需要的时间,使得制备所述陶瓷壳体10的效果较好。In the implementation manner of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 5% to 95%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 When the range of 1:1 to 3:1, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 μm, on the one hand, it can meet the requirements of the gray scale of the second preset pattern of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 , on the other hand, it can take into account the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 with a laser, so that the effect of preparing the ceramic shell 10 is better.
S12,将第二釉料浆液250烘干以得到第二釉料层260。S12 , drying the second glaze slurry 250 to obtain a second glaze layer 260 .
当S10包括S12,且S110包括S113时,S12可位于S113之前,或S12位于S113之后,或S12和S113同步进行,在本申请实施方式中不做限定。在本实施方式中,以S12和S113同步进行为例进行说明。可以理解地,当S12和S113同步进行时,可节约烘干时间,有利于缩短制备所述陶瓷壳体10的时间。请参阅图10(b)及图10(c)。When S10 includes S12, and S110 includes S113, S12 may be located before S113, or S12 may be located after S113, or S12 and S113 are performed simultaneously, which is not limited in this embodiment. In this implementation manner, S12 and S113 are performed synchronously as an example for description. It can be understood that when S12 and S113 are performed synchronously, the drying time can be saved, which is beneficial to shorten the time for preparing the ceramic shell 10 . Please refer to Figure 10(b) and Figure 10(c).
将设置于第二釉料浆液250的所述壳体生坯210a进行烘干,所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液中的溶剂挥发,剩余金属阳离子盐与所述粘稠剂,以形成所述第二釉料层260。The shell green body 210a set in the second glaze slurry 250 is dried, the solvent in the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 is volatilized, and the remaining metal cation salt and the viscous agent are The second glaze layer 260 is formed.
对设置有第二釉料浆液250的所述壳体生坯210a进行烘干所需要的时间和温度和所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度相关。具体地,在一实施方式中,S12具体包括:于80℃至150℃,烘烤20分钟至50分 钟,以在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域形成所述第二釉料层260。The time and temperature required for drying the shell green body 210 a provided with the second glaze slurry 250 are related to the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 . Specifically, in one embodiment, S12 specifically includes: baking at 80°C to 150°C for 20 minutes to 50 minutes, so as to form the second glaze on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a Layer 260.
烘烤温度为80℃至150℃,则所述烘烤温度包括但不仅限于为80℃,或90℃,或100℃,或110℃,或120℃,或130℃,或140℃,或150℃。The baking temperature is 80°C to 150°C, then the baking temperature includes but not limited to 80°C, or 90°C, or 100°C, or 110°C, or 120°C, or 130°C, or 140°C, or 150°C ℃.
烘烤时间为烤20分钟至50分钟,则所述烘烤时间包括但不仅限于为20分钟,或25分钟,或30分钟,或35分钟,或40分钟,或45分钟,或50分钟。The baking time is 20 minutes to 50 minutes, and the baking time includes but is not limited to 20 minutes, or 25 minutes, or 30 minutes, or 35 minutes, or 40 minutes, or 45 minutes, or 50 minutes.
将设置有第二釉料浆液250的所述壳体生坯210a进行烘干,是为了使得所述第二釉料浆液250中的溶剂挥发,使得所述金属阳离子盐固定在所述壳体生坯210a的表面,便于后续用激光图案化。对于同样的第二釉料浆液250而言,烘烤温度越高,则烘烤时间越短;相应地,当烘烤温度越低,则烘烤时间越长。Drying the shell green body 210a provided with the second glaze slurry 250 is to volatilize the solvent in the second glaze slurry 250 so that the metal cation salt is fixed on the shell green body. The surface of the blank 210a is convenient for subsequent laser patterning. For the same second glaze slurry 250 , the higher the baking temperature, the shorter the baking time; correspondingly, the lower the baking temperature, the longer the baking time.
S20,对所述第二釉料层260进行图案化以形成第二图案化层270,所述第二图案化层270与所述第一图案化层240间隔设置。S20 , patterning the second glaze layer 260 to form a second patterned layer 270 , where the second patterned layer 270 is spaced from the first patterned layer 240 .
当所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括S20时,所述S20可以位于S120之前,或者S20位于S120之后,或者S20与S120同时进行。在实施方式的示意图中,以S20位于S120之后为例进行示意,不应当理解为对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。经过S20之后,对应的结构请参阅图10(d)。When the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S20, S20 may be located before S120, or S20 may be located after S120, or S20 and S120 may be performed simultaneously. In the schematic diagram of the embodiment, it is illustrated by taking S20 after S120 as an example, which should not be construed as a limitation to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application. After S20, please refer to FIG. 10(d) for the corresponding structure.
相应地,S130包括S130’,S130’详细介绍如下。Correspondingly, S130 includes S130', and S130' is described in detail as follows.
S130’,将所述壳体生坯210a、所述第一图案化层240及第二图案化层270进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体坯件210b。S130', debinding and sintering the shell green body 210a, the first patterned layer 240 and the second patterned layer 270 to obtain a ceramic shell blank 210b.
S130’中的排胶烧结请参阅前面描述,在此不再赘述。经过S130’对应的结构请参阅图10(e)。For debinding and sintering in S130', please refer to the previous description, and will not repeat them here. Please refer to Fig. 10(e) for the structure corresponding to S130'.
S140’,将所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案130及第二图案140的陶瓷壳体10,其中,所述第一图案130具有第一颜色,所述第二图案140具有第二颜色。所述第一颜色与所述第二颜色不同。举例而言,所述第一颜色为灰色,所述第二颜色为红色;或者,所述第一颜色为灰色,所述第二颜色为黄色。经过S140’对应的结构请参阅图10(f)和图10(g),其中图10(g)为图10(f)沿A-A线的剖面图。S140', processing the ceramic shell blank 210b to obtain a ceramic shell 10 with a predetermined size and having a first pattern 130 and a second pattern 140, wherein the first pattern 130 has a first color, and The second pattern 140 has a second color. The first color is different from the second color. For example, the first color is gray and the second color is red; or, the first color is gray and the second color is yellow. Please refer to Fig. 10(f) and Fig. 10(g) for the structure corresponding to S140', wherein Fig. 10(g) is a cross-sectional view along line A-A of Fig. 10(f).
综上所述,本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法包括S110、S10、S120、S20、S130’及S140’。图10(a)至图10(g)为本实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法对应的结构示意图。In summary, the method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application includes S110, S10, S120, S20, S130' and S140'. Fig. 10(a) to Fig. 10(g) are schematic structural diagrams corresponding to the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in this embodiment.
请一并参阅图12及图13,图12为本申请另一实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的流程图;图13为图12中对应的结构示意图。所述陶瓷壳体制备方法包括S110、S120、S130及S140,且在S130与S140之间,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括S1、S2及S3。换而言之,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法包括S110、S120、S130、S1、S2、S3及S140。S1、S2及S3详细介绍如下。Please refer to FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 together. FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for preparing a ceramic shell provided in another embodiment of the present application; FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram corresponding to FIG. 12 . The preparation method of the ceramic shell includes S110, S120, S130, and S140, and between S130 and S140, the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes S1, S2, and S3. In other words, the preparation method of the ceramic shell includes S110, S120, S130, S1, S2, S3 and S140. S1, S2 and S3 are described in detail as follows.
S1,在所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的至少部分表面形成第二釉料层260。S1, forming a second glaze layer 260 on at least part of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b.
具体地,所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b上具有第一图案130,请参阅图13(a)。所述第二釉料层260由设置在陶瓷壳体坯件210b上的第二釉料浆液250烘干后形成。具体地,在所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b上设置第二釉料浆液250请参阅图13(b),经过S1之后的结构示意图请参阅图13(c)。Specifically, the ceramic shell blank 210b has a first pattern 130, please refer to FIG. 13(a). The second glaze layer 260 is formed by drying the second glaze slurry 250 disposed on the ceramic shell blank 210b. Specifically, please refer to FIG. 13(b) for setting the second glaze slurry 250 on the ceramic shell blank 210b, and please refer to FIG. 13(c) for a schematic view of the structure after S1.
在本实施方式中,所述第二釉料层260可设置于所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的部分区域或全部区域。In this embodiment, the second glaze layer 260 may be disposed on a part or all of the ceramic shell blank 210b.
本实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法中所述第二釉料层260与前面实施方式中提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法中的第二釉料层260基本相同,不同之处在于,在前面实施方式中,所述第二釉料层260设置于壳体生坯210a上,而在本实施方式中所述第二釉料层260是设置在陶瓷壳体坯件210b上。前面实施方式中所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。在本实施方式中,第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%。The second glaze layer 260 in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in this embodiment is basically the same as the second glaze layer 260 in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the previous embodiment. In the manner, the second glaze layer 260 is disposed on the shell green body 210a, and in this embodiment, the second glaze layer 260 is disposed on the ceramic shell green body 210b. In the above embodiment, the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 5% to 95%. In this embodiment, the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 50% to 75%.
具体地,在本实施方式中,所述第二釉料浆液250包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%。Specifically, in this embodiment, the second glaze slurry 250 includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3 : 1; the glaze solution comprises a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 50% to 75%.
所述第二釉料浆液250中的所述粘稠剂可以为但不仅限于为环氧树脂、或酚醛树脂等。所述第二釉料浆液250中的粘稠剂可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中的粘稠剂相同,也可以不相同,在本申请中不做 限定。所述粘稠剂用于使得所述第二釉料浆液250具有一定的粘度,便于在所述壳体生坯210a的表面设置所述第二釉料浆液250。The viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, epoxy resin or phenolic resin. The viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the viscous agent in the first glaze slurry 220, which is not limited in this application. The viscous agent is used to make the second glaze slurry 250 have a certain viscosity, so as to facilitate disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a.
接下来对所述第二釉料浆液250进行详细介绍。所述第二釉料浆液250中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1,可以为但不仅限于为1:1,或1.5:1,或2:1,或2.5:1,或3:1。当所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量百分比小于1:1时,则所述粘稠剂的比例过高,导致所述第二釉料浆液250的粘度较高,不利于喷涂。当所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量百分比大于3:1时,则所述粘稠剂的比例过低,导致所述第二釉料浆液250的粘度不够,当所述第二釉料浆液250设置在所述壳体生坯210a的表面上时,则较容易流动,进而使得最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中的第二图案140不良。因此,本申请实施方式中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1,可避免所述第二釉料浆液250的粘度过低导致的在所述壳体生坯210a的表面上流动导致的制备出来的第二图案140不良,且可提升将所述第二釉料浆液250设置时的方便性。所述第二釉料浆液250中的釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比,可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中的釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比相同,也可以不相同,在本申请中不做限定。Next, the second glaze slurry 250 will be described in detail. In the second glaze slurry 250, the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1, which may be but not limited to 1:1, or 1.5:1, Or 2:1, or 2.5:1, or 3:1. When the mass percentage of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is less than 1:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too high, resulting in high viscosity of the second glaze slurry 250 , which is not conducive to spraying. When the mass percentage of the glaze solution and the viscous agent is greater than 3:1, the ratio of the viscous agent is too low, resulting in insufficient viscosity of the second glaze slurry 250, when the second When the glaze slurry 250 is disposed on the surface of the shell green body 210a, it is easy to flow, which makes the second pattern 140 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 poor. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is in the range of 1:1 to 3:1, which can avoid the second glaze slurry 250 having a low viscosity. The prepared second pattern 140 is poor due to the flow on the surface of the shell green body 210a, and the convenience of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 can be improved. The mass ratio of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 to the viscous agent may be the same as the mass ratio of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220 to the viscous agent, or may be different, and are not limited in this application.
所述第二釉料浆液250中,所述釉料溶液中的金属阳离子盐包括但不仅限于铁离子盐、钴离子盐、镍离子盐中的一种或多种。举例而言,所述金属阳离子盐包括Fe 2(C 2O 4) 3,CoC 2O 4,NiC 2O 4,NiCO 3,Co(NH 3) 4Cl中的一种或多种。需要说明的是,所谓多种,是指种类大于或等于两种。所述钴离子盐可以包括但不仅限于包括二价钴离子盐或三价钴离子盐。在一实施方式中,所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液的金属阳离子盐与所述第一釉料浆液220中釉料溶液的金属阳离子盐不同,以使得最终制备出的第一图案130的第一颜色与第二图案140的第二颜色不同。 In the second glaze slurry 250, the metal cation salt in the glaze solution includes but not limited to one or more of iron ion salt, cobalt ion salt, and nickel ion salt. For example, the metal cation salt includes one or more of Fe 2 (C 2 O 4 ) 3 , CoC 2 O 4 , NiC 2 O 4 , NiCO 3 , and Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl. It should be noted that the so-called multiple means that the types are greater than or equal to two types. The cobalt ion salt may include, but not limited to, divalent cobalt ion salt or trivalent cobalt ion salt. In one embodiment, the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 is different from the metal cation salt of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220, so that the final prepared first pattern The first color of 130 is different from the second color of the second pattern 140 .
所述溶剂可以为但不仅限于为乙酸乙酯,或乙二醇,或丁醇,或甲苯,只要所述溶剂可溶解所述金属阳离子盐即可。所述第二釉料浆液250中的溶剂可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中的溶剂相同,也可以不相同,在本申请中不做限定。The solvent may be, but not limited to, ethyl acetate, or ethylene glycol, or butanol, or toluene, as long as the solvent can dissolve the metal cation salt. The solvent in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as or different from the solvent in the first glaze slurry 220 , which is not limited in this application.
所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%,可以为但不仅限于为:50%,或55%,60%,或65%,或70%,或75%。当所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比小于50%时,则所述金属阳离子盐的占比较小,会导致最终制备出来的第一图案130的颜色偏浅(即,灰度偏小),甚至颜色不明显。当所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比大于75%时,金属阳离子盐偏多,所述溶剂可能不能将所述金属盐离子盐完全溶解。因此,本申请实施方式中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%可兼顾最终制备出来的第一图案130的颜色灰度,以及溶剂溶解所述金属阳离子盐的能力。The weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 50% to 75%, which can be but not limited to: 50%, or 55%, 60%, or 65%, or 70%, or 75%. When the weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent is less than 50%, the proportion of the metal cation salt is small, which will lead to a lighter color (that is, a smaller grayscale) of the first pattern 130 finally prepared. ), even the color is not obvious. When the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is greater than 75%, the metal cation salt is too much, and the solvent may not be able to completely dissolve the metal cation salt. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent is 50% to 75%, which can take into account the color gray scale of the first pattern 130 that is finally prepared, and the solvent dissolves the metal cation salt. ability.
所述第二釉料浆液250中所述釉料溶液的所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比可以与所述第一釉料浆液220中所述釉料溶液的所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比相同,也可以不相同,在本实施方式中不做限定。The weight percent of the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the second glaze slurry 250 may be the same as the metal cation salt and the solvent of the glaze solution in the first glaze slurry 220. The weight percentages of the solvents are the same or different, and are not limited in this embodiment.
在所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的表面的部分区域设置第二釉料浆液250的方式可以为但不仅限于为:喷涂、淋涂、打印、刷涂等方式。The method of disposing the second glaze slurry 250 on a partial area of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b may be, but not limited to: spray coating, flow coating, printing, brush coating and the like.
在所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b上设置的所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比相关。在釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1时,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于或等于20μm。举例而言,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度可以为但不仅限于为2μm,或5μm,或7μm,或10μm,或12μm,或15μm,或17μm,或20μm。The thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 set on the ceramic shell blank 210b and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the glaze in the second glaze slurry 250 The mass ratio of feed solution and viscous agent is related. The weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 50% to 75%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 is in the range of 1:1 When the ratio is 3:1, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 μm. For example, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 may be, but not limited to, 2 μm, or 5 μm, or 7 μm, or 10 μm, or 12 μm, or 15 μm, or 17 μm, or 20 μm.
在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10中第二图案140的灰度的最大值相关。The thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. In some cases, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is related to the maximum value of the gray scale of the second pattern 140 in the final prepared ceramic shell 10 .
在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下:当所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于阈值厚 度时,且所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度越厚,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的最大灰度值越大;相应地,在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于阈值厚度时,且所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度越薄,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的最大灰度值越小。The thickness of the second glaze slurry 250, the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 are certain. Situation: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thicker the second glaze slurry 250 is, the maximum grayscale of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 The larger the value is; correspondingly, when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than the threshold thickness, and the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is thinner, the second pattern 140 of the ceramic shell 10 finally prepared The smaller the maximum gray value of .
可以理解地,在所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度和釉料溶液中所述金属盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比一定的情况下:当所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度大于或等于阈值厚度时,最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的最大灰度变化随着所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度的变化而变化的程度较小,甚至不再变化。举例而言,在本实施方式中,所述阈值厚度的大小可以为但不仅限于为20μm,或者为25μm,或者为30μm。It can be understood that the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 and the weight percentage of the metal salt and the solvent in the glaze solution, and the ratio of the glaze solution and the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 In the case of a certain mass ratio: when the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the maximum grayscale change of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 increases with the second glaze The thickness of the slurry 250 changes to a lesser extent, or even does not change at all. For example, in this embodiment, the threshold thickness may be, but not limited to, 20 μm, or 25 μm, or 30 μm.
当所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度大于或等于所述阈值厚度时,当后续用激光对所述第二釉料浆液250得到的第二釉料层260进行图案化时所需要的时间较长,因此,制备所述陶瓷壳体10所用的时间较长,制备效率下降。When the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is greater than or equal to the threshold thickness, the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 by laser is shorter. Therefore, it takes a long time to prepare the ceramic shell 10, and the manufacturing efficiency decreases.
本申请实施方式中,在釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%、以及所述第二釉料浆液250中釉料溶液与粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1时,所述第二釉料浆液250的厚度小于或等于20μm,一方面可满足最终制备出的陶瓷壳体10的第二预设图案的灰度满足要求,另一方面可兼顾后续用激光对所述第二釉料浆液250得到的第二釉料层260进行图案化时所需要的时间,使得制备所述陶瓷壳体10的效果较好。In the embodiment of the present application, the weight percentage of the metal cation salt and the solvent in the glaze solution is 50% to 75%, and the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent in the second glaze slurry 250 When the range of 1:1 to 3:1, the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 is less than or equal to 20 μm, on the one hand, it can meet the requirements of the gray scale of the second preset pattern of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 , on the other hand, it can take into account the time required for subsequent patterning of the second glaze layer 260 obtained from the second glaze slurry 250 with a laser, so that the effect of preparing the ceramic shell 10 is better.
此外,本申请实施方式中提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的至少部分区域设置第二釉料浆液250时,由于设置时的公差,设置在所述壳体生坯210a的表面的第二釉料浆液250的厚度也会存在公差。由于所述壳体生坯210a尚未经过烧结,所述第二釉料浆液250能够较为容易地进入到壳体生坯210a中。因此,不同壳体生坯210a表面的第二釉料浆液250厚度不同时会导致最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140的灰度甚至图案稍显不同,使得制备出来的陶瓷壳体10呈现出唯一的特征。比如,所述第二图案140为大理石纹理时,那么,不同的陶瓷壳体10中的大理石纹理的灰度甚至图案稍显不同,使得所述陶瓷壳体10呈现出天然大理石的质感。In addition, in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application, when the second glaze slurry 250 is provided on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body 210a, due to the tolerance of the setting, the second glaze slurry 250 is placed on the shell There may also be tolerances in the thickness of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the green body 210a. Since the shell green body 210a has not been sintered, the second glaze slurry 250 can enter into the shell green body 210a relatively easily. Therefore, the different thicknesses of the second glaze slurry 250 on the surface of the shell green body 210a will lead to slightly different gray scales or even patterns of the second pattern 140 of the final prepared ceramic shell 10, so that the prepared ceramic shell 10 presented unique features. For example, when the second pattern 140 is a marble texture, the grayscale or even the pattern of the marble texture in different ceramic shells 10 is slightly different, so that the ceramic shell 10 presents the texture of natural marble.
S2,对所述第二釉料层260进行图案化以形成第二图案化层270。S2 , patterning the second glaze layer 260 to form a second patterned layer 270 .
对所述第二釉料层260进行图案化以形成第二图案化层270的方式可以为为但不仅限于为用激光雕刻、或纹理压印、或掩膜板及刻蚀等。The method of patterning the second glaze layer 260 to form the second patterned layer 270 may be, but not limited to, laser engraving, or texture embossing, or masking and etching.
具体地,请参阅图13(d),本实施方式中的第二图案化层270的形状和上一实施方式提供的第二图案化层270的形状可以相同,也可以不相同,以本实施方式中所述第二图案化层270的形状与上一实施方式中提供的第二图案化层270的形状不同为例进行示意,不应当理解为对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法的限定。Specifically, referring to Fig. 13(d), the shape of the second patterned layer 270 in this embodiment may be the same as or different from the shape of the second patterned layer 270 provided in the previous embodiment. The shape of the second patterned layer 270 described in the method is different from the shape of the second patterned layer 270 provided in the previous embodiment as an example, and it should not be understood as an explanation of the method for preparing the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application. limited.
需要说明的是,在本实施方式的示意图中,第二釉料层260设置于所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b显露第一图案130的表面,且完全覆盖所述第一图案130所在的表面进行示意。在其他实施方式中,所述第一图案130可位于所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的表面的左边区域,那么,所述第二釉料层260位于所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的表面的右边区域。本申请对所述第二釉料浆液250及第二釉料层260相对于所述第一图案130的位置不做限定。It should be noted that, in the schematic diagram of this embodiment, the second glaze layer 260 is disposed on the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b where the first pattern 130 is exposed, and completely covers the surface where the first pattern 130 is located. hint. In other embodiments, the first pattern 130 may be located on the left area of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b, then the second glaze layer 260 is located on the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b right area. The present application does not limit the positions of the second glaze slurry 250 and the second glaze layer 260 relative to the first pattern 130 .
S3,将设置有第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结,其中,所述第一图案130具有第一颜色,所述第二图案140具有第二颜色。S3, sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270, wherein the first pattern 130 has a first color, and the second pattern 140 has a second color.
S140,将所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案130及第二图案140的陶瓷壳体10,其中,所述第一图案130具有第一颜色,所述第二图案140具有第二颜色。S140, processing the ceramic shell blank 210b to obtain a ceramic shell 10 with a predetermined size and having a first pattern 130 and a second pattern 140, wherein the first pattern 130 has a first color, the The second pattern 140 has a second color.
请参阅图13(e)及图13(f),图13(e)为经过S3之后的结构示意图;图13(f)为图13(e)中沿B-B线的剖面示意图。Please refer to FIG. 13(e) and FIG. 13(f). FIG. 13(e) is a schematic diagram of the structure after S3; FIG. 13(f) is a schematic cross-sectional view along line B-B in FIG. 13(e).
在本实施方式中,所述第一颜色与所述第二颜色不同。In this embodiment, the first color is different from the second color.
需要说明的是,陶瓷壳体坯件210b由壳体生坯210a烧结形成,所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b比所述壳体生坯210a更加致密。换而言之,所述第二釉料溶液在所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b中的渗透性不如所述第二釉料溶液在所述壳体生坯210a中的渗透性。本实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,在陶瓷壳体坯件 210b的至少部分表面形成第二釉料层260,因此,所述第二釉料溶液的釉料溶液中所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比较高,为50%至75%,可有利于后续对所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结时形成的陶瓷壳体10中的第二图案140的灰度较为明显。It should be noted that the ceramic shell blank 210b is formed by sintering the shell green blank 210a, and the ceramic shell blank 210b is denser than the shell green blank 210a. In other words, the permeability of the second glaze solution in the ceramic shell blank 210b is not as good as that of the second glaze solution in the shell green body 210a. In the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in this embodiment, the second glaze layer 260 is formed on at least part of the surface of the ceramic shell blank 210b. Therefore, the metal cation salt in the glaze solution of the second glaze solution and the The weight percentage of the solvent is relatively high, ranging from 50% to 75%, which can facilitate the gray scale of the second pattern 140 in the ceramic shell 10 formed during the subsequent sintering of the ceramic shell blank 210b to be more obvious.
此外,本实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法,由于所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b相较于壳体生坯210a更加致密,所述第二釉料溶液烘干得到的第二釉料层260在所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的形状更加可控,对所述第二釉料层260进行图案化得到的第二图案化层270更加可控,即,金属阳离子120渗透进入所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b更加可控,因此,最终制得的陶瓷壳体10中第二图案140更加可控,精细度更高。换而言之,本实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体制备方法制备的陶瓷壳体10中第二图案140比第一图案130的精细度更高。In addition, in the preparation method of the ceramic shell provided in this embodiment, since the ceramic shell blank 210b is denser than the shell green body 210a, the second glaze layer 260 obtained by drying the second glaze solution The shape of the ceramic shell blank 210b is more controllable, and the second patterned layer 270 obtained by patterning the second glaze layer 260 is more controllable, that is, metal cations 120 penetrate into the ceramic shell The body blank 210b is more controllable, therefore, the second pattern 140 in the final ceramic shell 10 is more controllable and has higher fineness. In other words, the second pattern 140 in the ceramic casing 10 prepared by the preparation method of the ceramic casing provided in this embodiment is finer than the first pattern 130 .
此外,虽然在本实施方式中,制备所述陶瓷壳体10包括将壳体生坯210a烧结为陶瓷壳体坯件210b,再将设置有第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结以得到具有第一图案130及第二图案140的陶瓷壳体10,通过控制对设置有第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结时的参数(如烧结温度及烧结时间),也可以使得制备的陶瓷壳体10的落球强度也可以保持在较高的范围内。In addition, although in this embodiment, the preparation of the ceramic shell 10 includes sintering the shell green body 210a into a ceramic shell blank 210b, and then sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 Sintering to obtain the ceramic shell 10 with the first pattern 130 and the second pattern 140, by controlling the parameters (such as sintering temperature and sintering time) when sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 , and the falling ball strength of the prepared ceramic shell 10 can also be maintained in a relatively high range.
具体地,在本实施方式中,S3具体包括:于950℃至1200℃对设置有第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结,烧结的时间范围为2h至3h,以得到具有第一图案130及第二图案140的陶瓷壳体10。Specifically, in this embodiment, S3 specifically includes: sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 at 950°C to 1200°C, and the sintering time ranges from 2h to 3h, so as to obtain The ceramic casing 10 of the first pattern 130 and the second pattern 140 .
当温度小于950℃时,烧结温度过低,所述第二图案化层270中的金属阳离子120无法较好地渗入甚至无法渗入所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b形成的陶瓷壳体10中;此外,当温度小于950℃时,烧结温度过低,则所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b不能很好成瓷,影响最终制备出的陶瓷壳体10的结构强度。当温度大于1200℃时,会使得所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结时形成的晶体的粒径长得过度,进而影响最终制备出来的陶瓷壳体10的强度。因此,本申请实施方式中,对设置有所述第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结时选取的烧结温度为950℃至1200℃,一方面可保证制备得到的陶瓷壳体10具有较高的结构强度,另一方面可达到使得第二图案化层270中的金属阳离子120较好渗入所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b中,使得所述陶瓷壳体10的第二图案140具有较高的质量。When the temperature is lower than 950°C, the sintering temperature is too low, and the metal cations 120 in the second patterned layer 270 cannot penetrate well or even penetrate into the ceramic shell 10 formed by the ceramic shell blank 210b; in addition When the temperature is lower than 950° C., the sintering temperature is too low, and the ceramic shell blank 210 b cannot be porcelained well, which will affect the structural strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 . When the temperature is higher than 1200° C., the grain size of crystals formed during sintering of the ceramic shell blank 210 b will be excessively long, thereby affecting the strength of the final prepared ceramic shell 10 . Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the sintering temperature selected when sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 is 950°C to 1200°C. On the one hand, it can ensure that the prepared ceramic shell 10 has a relatively high structural strength, on the other hand, it can make the metal cations 120 in the second patterned layer 270 better penetrate into the ceramic shell blank 210b, so that the second pattern 140 of the ceramic shell 10 Has a higher quality.
对设置有第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结时选取的温度为950℃至1200℃,举例而言,所述温度可以为但不仅限于为950℃,或1000℃,或1050℃,或1100℃,或1150℃或1200℃。The temperature selected for sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270 is 950°C to 1200°C. For example, the temperature may be but not limited to 950°C, or 1000°C, or 1050°C, or 1100°C, or 1150°C or 1200°C.
烧结的时间的范围为2h(小时)至3h(小时),举例而言,烧结的时间范围为2h,或2h 10min(分钟),或2h 20min,或2h 30min,或2h 40min,或2h 50min,或3h。The sintering time ranges from 2h (hour) to 3h (hour), for example, the sintering time range is 2h, or 2h 10min (minute), or 2h 20min, or 2h 30min, or 2h 40min, or 2h 50min, or 3h.
可以理解地,对于第二釉料层260厚度一定且所述陶瓷壳体坯件210b的厚度一定,且最终得到的陶瓷壳体10的质量及第二图案140的参数一定的情况下:所述烧结温度越高,则所需的烧结时间越短;相应地,所述烧结温度越低,则所需的烧结时间越长。It can be understood that, when the thickness of the second glaze layer 260 is constant and the thickness of the ceramic shell blank 210b is constant, and the quality of the final ceramic shell 10 and the parameters of the second pattern 140 are constant: the The higher the sintering temperature, the shorter the required sintering time; correspondingly, the lower the sintering temperature, the longer the required sintering time.
本申请实施方式中,对设置有第二图案化层270的陶瓷壳体坯件210b进行烧结时的烧结温度为950℃至1200℃,烧结时间为2h至3h,一方面可保证烧结得到的陶瓷壳体10及第二图案140的品质,另一方面可使得烧结用时较短,提升了所述陶瓷壳体10制备的效率。In the embodiment of the present application, when sintering the ceramic shell blank 210b provided with the second patterned layer 270, the sintering temperature is 950°C to 1200°C, and the sintering time is 2h to 3h. The quality of the shell 10 and the second pattern 140 , on the other hand, can shorten the sintering time, which improves the efficiency of manufacturing the ceramic shell 10 .
此外,当需要制备具有大于两种颜色的图案时,可依次制备具有第一颜色的第一图案130、具有第二颜色的第二图案140、具有第N颜色的第N图案,其中,N≥3。从而实现使得制备的陶瓷壳体10具有多种颜色的图案。比如,可使得制备出来的陶瓷壳体10具有多色纹理效果。In addition, when it is necessary to prepare patterns with more than two colors, the first pattern 130 with the first color, the second pattern 140 with the second color, and the Nth pattern with the Nth color can be sequentially prepared, wherein, N≥ 3. Thereby, it is realized that the prepared ceramic shell 10 has patterns of various colors. For example, the prepared ceramic shell 10 can have multi-color texture effects.
本申请实施方式还提供一种陶瓷壳体10,所述陶瓷壳体10可由前面所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法制备而成;所述陶瓷壳体制备方法可制备本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体10。所述陶瓷壳体10可应用于电子设备1(参见图19及图20),所述电子设备1可以为但不仅限于手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、台式电脑、智能手环、智能手表、电子阅读器、游戏机等具有陶瓷壳体10的设备。所述陶瓷壳体10应用于电子设备1时,可以为但不仅限于为电子设备1的后盖、中框、装饰件等。所述陶瓷壳体10可以为2D壳体、或者2.5D壳体或者3D壳体。The embodiment of the present application also provides a ceramic shell 10, which can be prepared by the ceramic shell preparation method described above; the ceramic shell preparation method can prepare the ceramic shell provided in the embodiment of the present application Body 10. The ceramic housing 10 can be applied to an electronic device 1 (see FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 ), and the electronic device 1 can be, but not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a desktop computer, a smart bracelet, a smart watch, an electronic Readers, game machines, and other devices having the ceramic case 10 . When the ceramic case 10 is applied to the electronic device 1 , it may be, but not limited to, the back cover, the middle frame, the decoration and the like of the electronic device 1 . The ceramic shell 10 may be a 2D shell, or a 2.5D shell or a 3D shell.
请一并参阅图14及图15,图14为本申请一实施方式提供的壳体的示意图;图15为图14中沿I-I线的剖面示意图。所述陶瓷壳体10包括壳体本体110,所述壳体本体110包括陶瓷材料,所述壳体本 体110具有外观面(即第一表面111)。所述外观面显露第一图案130,其中,所述第一图案130由金属阳离子120渗入所述壳体本体110内呈现。Please refer to FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 together. FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view along line I-I in FIG. 14 . The ceramic housing 10 includes a housing body 110, the housing body 110 includes a ceramic material, and the housing body 110 has an appearance surface (ie, a first surface 111). The appearance surface reveals a first pattern 130 , wherein the first pattern 130 is presented by metal cations 120 penetrating into the shell body 110 .
在本实施方式中,由于所述第一图案130由金属阳离子120渗入所述壳体本体110内呈现,因此,所述第一图案130不会额外增加所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度,所述壳体本体110的厚度即为所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度。In this embodiment, since the first pattern 130 is presented by metal cations 120 penetrating into the casing body 110, the first pattern 130 will not increase the thickness of the ceramic casing 10 additionally, the The thickness of the housing body 110 is the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 .
所述陶瓷壳体10为陶瓷壳体,所述壳体本体110为陶瓷材质。可选地,所述陶瓷材质包括氧化锆、氧化铝、二氧化硅、二氧化钛、氮化硅、氧化镁、氧化铬、氧化铍、五氧化二钒、三氧化二硼、尖晶石、氧化锌、氧化钙、莫来石、钛酸钡中的至少一种。在一具体实施例中,所述陶瓷材质包括氧化锆陶瓷。The ceramic housing 10 is a ceramic housing, and the housing body 110 is made of ceramic material. Optionally, the ceramic material includes zirconia, alumina, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, silicon nitride, magnesium oxide, chromium oxide, beryllium oxide, vanadium pentoxide, boron trioxide, spinel, zinc oxide , calcium oxide, mullite, barium titanate at least one. In a specific embodiment, the ceramic material includes zirconia ceramics.
本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体10具有第一图案130,因此,所述陶瓷壳体10具有装饰效果,当所述陶瓷壳体10应用于电子设备1中时,使得所述电子设备1具有较好的外观效果,以及具有较好的区分度。The ceramic casing 10 provided in the embodiment of the present application has a first pattern 130, therefore, the ceramic casing 10 has a decorative effect, and when the ceramic casing 10 is applied to an electronic device 1, the electronic device 1 has Better appearance and better discrimination.
所述第一图案130的装饰效果包括纹理效果及渐变效果中的至少一者。在图14及图15中以所述第一图案130的装饰效果为纹理效果为例进行示意。请一并参阅图16及图17,图16为本申请另一实施方式提供的壳体的示意图;图17为图16中沿II-II线的剖面示意图。在图16及图17中,以所述第一图案130的装饰效果为渐变效果为例进行示意。The decoration effect of the first pattern 130 includes at least one of texture effect and gradient effect. In FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 , the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 is a texture effect as an example for illustration. Please refer to FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 together. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application; FIG. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view along line II-II in FIG. 16 . In FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 , the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 is a gradient effect as an example for illustration.
当所述第一图案130的装饰效果包括纹理效果时,所述第一图案130为纹理图案,比如,所述第一图案130包括按照预设规律排布的多个纹理,比如,按照预设规律排布的多个线条(比如,直线段,或弧线端,或双曲线段),或者按照预设规律排布的多个图形(比如,三角形,或四边形,或圆形,或圆环形)。当所述第一图案130的装饰效果包括渐变效果时,比如,可以包括水墨渐变图案,或者大理石纹路的渐变图案等。需要说明的是,所述渐变效果体现在所述金属阳离子120在所述陶瓷壳体10中沿着某一方向或某些方向出现梯度变化。在图16及图17中第一图案130为爱心图案,且为渐变效果为例进行示意,不应当理解为对本申请实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体10的渐变效果及图案的限定。When the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 includes a texture effect, the first pattern 130 is a texture pattern, for example, the first pattern 130 includes a plurality of textures arranged according to a preset rule, for example, according to a preset A plurality of lines arranged regularly (for example, a straight line segment, or an arc end, or a hyperbola segment), or a plurality of graphics arranged according to a preset rule (for example, a triangle, or a quadrilateral, or a circle, or a ring shape). When the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 includes a gradient effect, for example, it may include an ink gradient pattern, or a marble texture gradient pattern, and the like. It should be noted that, the gradient effect is reflected in the gradient change of the metal cations 120 along a certain direction or certain directions in the ceramic shell 10 . In FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 , the first pattern 130 is a love heart pattern, which is an example of a gradient effect for illustration, and should not be construed as a limitation to the gradient effect and pattern of the ceramic housing 10 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
在一实施方式中,所述壳体本体110具有相背设置的第一表面111及第二表面112,所述第一表面111为所述陶瓷壳体10的外观面,所述金属阳离子120设置于所述壳体本体110内且分布与所述第一表面111(请进一步参阅图14至图17)。所述壳体本体110具有外观面,所述金属阳离子120设置于所述壳体本体110内且邻近所述第一表面111。In one embodiment, the housing body 110 has a first surface 111 and a second surface 112 opposite to each other, the first surface 111 is the appearance surface of the ceramic housing 10, and the metal cation 120 is provided In the housing body 110 and distributed with the first surface 111 (please refer to FIG. 14 to FIG. 17 further). The casing body 110 has an appearance surface, and the metal cations 120 are disposed in the casing body 110 and adjacent to the first surface 111 .
由前面介绍的所述陶瓷壳体制备方法可知,所述金属阳离子120自所述壳体生坯210a设置第一图案化层240的表面进入到所述壳体生坯210a的内部。所述陶瓷壳体10由所述壳体生坯210a烧结得到因此,所述金属阳离子120设置于所述壳体本体110的内部,邻近所述第一表面111。It can be seen from the method for preparing the ceramic shell described above that the metal cations 120 enter the interior of the shell green body 210a from the surface of the shell green body 210a on which the first patterned layer 240 is provided. The ceramic shell 10 is obtained by sintering the shell green body 210 a. Therefore, the metal cations 120 are disposed inside the shell body 110 , adjacent to the first surface 111 .
在一种实施方式中,所述第一表面111的光泽度大于所述第二表面112的光泽度。In one embodiment, the glossiness of the first surface 111 is greater than the glossiness of the second surface 112 .
所述第一表面111的光泽度大于所述第二表面112的光泽度,从而使得所述陶瓷壳体10的外观面更具有光泽,使得所述陶瓷壳体10呈现出较好的质感。The glossiness of the first surface 111 is greater than the glossiness of the second surface 112 , so that the exterior surface of the ceramic housing 10 is more glossy, so that the ceramic housing 10 presents a better texture.
本实施方式中,第二表面112与所述第一表面111相背设置,因此,所述第二表面112通常作为所述陶瓷壳体10的内表面,所述第二表面112通常不被观测到,因此,在制备所述陶瓷壳体10时,无需对所述第二表面112进行高精度抛光处理,甚至无需对所述第二表面112进行抛光处理,从而节约了制备所述陶瓷壳体10的成本。In this embodiment, the second surface 112 is set opposite to the first surface 111, therefore, the second surface 112 is usually used as the inner surface of the ceramic housing 10, and the second surface 112 is usually not observed. Therefore, when preparing the ceramic housing 10, it is not necessary to perform high-precision polishing treatment on the second surface 112, or even to perform polishing treatment on the second surface 112, thereby saving the cost of preparing the ceramic housing. 10 cost.
在一实施方式中,所述第一表面111的光泽度(60°角测试)为130Gu至160Gu。具体地,陶瓷壳体本体210的光泽度可以为但不限于为130Gu、135Gu、140Gu、145Gu、150Gu、155Gu、160Gu等。In one embodiment, the glossiness (60° angle test) of the first surface 111 is 130Gu to 160Gu. Specifically, the glossiness of the ceramic shell body 210 may be, but not limited to, 130Gu, 135Gu, 140Gu, 145Gu, 150Gu, 155Gu, 160Gu and so on.
当所述陶瓷壳体10的第一表面111的光泽度过低(例如低于110Gu)时,则所述陶瓷壳体10的外观面的光泽不明显,影响所述陶瓷壳体10的外观面的质感;当所述陶瓷壳体10的第一表面111的光泽度过高时(比如,高于160Gu),则提高了制备所述陶瓷壳体10的第一表面111的成本及工艺难度。当所述陶瓷壳体10的第一表面111的光泽度为110Gu至160Gu时,陶瓷壳体10表面具有良好的光泽度,同时又易于制得。When the gloss of the first surface 111 of the ceramic housing 10 is too low (for example, lower than 110Gu), the gloss of the appearance surface of the ceramic housing 10 is not obvious, which affects the appearance surface of the ceramic housing 10. texture; when the gloss of the first surface 111 of the ceramic housing 10 is too high (for example, higher than 160 Gu), the cost and process difficulty of preparing the first surface 111 of the ceramic housing 10 are increased. When the glossiness of the first surface 111 of the ceramic casing 10 is 110Gu to 160Gu, the surface of the ceramic casing 10 has a good glossiness and is easy to manufacture.
可选地,本申请的陶瓷壳体10的维氏硬度可以为但不限于为1200HV至1400HV,使得所述陶瓷壳体10具有较高的硬度。具体地,可以为但不限于为1200HV、1230HV、1250HV、1280HV、1300HV、 1320HV、1350HV、1380HV、1400HV等。Optionally, the Vickers hardness of the ceramic shell 10 of the present application may be, but not limited to, 1200HV to 1400HV, so that the ceramic shell 10 has relatively high hardness. Specifically, it may be, but not limited to, 1200HV, 1230HV, 1250HV, 1280HV, 1300HV, 1320HV, 1350HV, 1380HV, 1400HV, etc.
在一实施方式中,所述第一图案130具有第一图案部131及第二图案部132(请参阅图16)。所述第一图案部131的灰度为第一灰度,所述第一图案部131中金属阳离子120渗入所述壳体本体110的厚度为第一厚度。所述第二图案部132的灰度为第二灰度,所述第二图案部132中金属阳离子120渗入所述壳体本体110的厚度为第二厚度,所述第二灰度大于所述第一灰度,第二厚度大于所述第一厚度。In one embodiment, the first pattern 130 has a first pattern portion 131 and a second pattern portion 132 (see FIG. 16 ). The grayscale of the first pattern part 131 is the first grayscale, and the thickness of the metal cations 120 in the first pattern part 131 penetrating into the housing body 110 is the first thickness. The grayscale of the second pattern part 132 is the second grayscale, the thickness of the metal cations 120 infiltrated into the housing body 110 in the second pattern part 132 is the second thickness, and the second grayscale is larger than the second grayscale. The first grayscale, the second thickness is greater than the first thickness.
在一种实施方式中,请一并参阅图14至图17,所述壳体本体110的厚度d1满足:0.2mm≤d1≤1.0mm;所述金属阳离子120的分散厚度d2满足:1μm≤d2≤300μm。In one embodiment, please refer to FIG. 14 to FIG. 17 , the thickness d1 of the shell body 110 satisfies: 0.2mm≤d1≤1.0mm; the dispersion thickness d2 of the metal cations 120 satisfies: 1μm≤d2 ≤300μm.
举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.2mm,或0.25mm,或0.3mm,或0.35mm,或0.4mm,或0.45mm,或0.5mm,或0.55mm,或0.6mm,或0.65mm,或0.7mm,或0.75mm,或0.8mm,或0.85mm,或0.9mm,或0.95mm,或1.0mm。相应地,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入的部分的厚度为1μm至300μm。举例而言,所述陶瓷壳体10中被所述金属阳离子120渗入的部分的厚度为1μm,或1.5μm,或2μm,或5μm,或10μm,或15μm,或20μm,或30μm,或40μm,或50μm,或60μm,或70μm,或80μm,或90μm,或100μm,或110μm,或120μm,或130μm,或140μm,或150μm,或160μm,或170μm,或180μm,或190μm,或200μm,或210μm,或220μm,或230μm,或240μm,或250μm,或260μm,或270μm,或280μm,或290μm,或300μm。For example, the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.2mm, or 0.25mm, or 0.3mm, or 0.35mm, or 0.4mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.55mm, or 0.6mm, or 0.65 mm, or 0.7mm, or 0.75mm, or 0.8mm, or 0.85mm, or 0.9mm, or 0.95mm, or 1.0mm. Correspondingly, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cations 120 is 1 μm to 300 μm. For example, the thickness of the part of the ceramic shell 10 infiltrated by the metal cation 120 is 1 μm, or 1.5 μm, or 2 μm, or 5 μm, or 10 μm, or 15 μm, or 20 μm, or 30 μm, or 40 μm, Or 50μm, or 60μm, or 70μm, or 80μm, or 90μm, or 100μm, or 110μm, or 120μm, or 130μm, or 140μm, or 150μm, or 160μm, or 170μm, or 180μm, or 190μm, or 200μm, or 210μm , or 220 μm, or 230 μm, or 240 μm, or 250 μm, or 260 μm, or 270 μm, or 280 μm, or 290 μm, or 300 μm.
在一种实施方式中,所述壳体本体110包括陶瓷,所述壳体本体110的厚度d1满足:0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm。为了区分所述金属阳离子120的最小分散厚度d2(为了方便在图中示意,标记为d2’)满足:1μm≤d2’≤2μm;所述金属阳离子120的最大分散厚度d2”满足:100μm≤d2”≤200μm。In one embodiment, the housing body 110 includes ceramics, and the thickness d1 of the housing body 110 satisfies: 0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm. In order to distinguish the minimum dispersion thickness d2 of the metal cation 120 (marked as d2' in the figure for convenience) to meet: 1μm≤d2'≤2μm; the maximum dispersion thickness d2" of the metal cation 120 satisfies: 100μm≤d2 ”≤200μm.
在一实施方式中,所述第一图案部131为所述第一图案130中灰度最小的部分,所述第一厚度D1的范围满足:1μm≤D1≤2μm;所述第二图案部132为所述第一图案130中灰度最大的部分,所述第二厚度D2的范围满足:100μm≤D2≤200μm。In one embodiment, the first pattern part 131 is the part with the smallest grayscale in the first pattern 130, and the range of the first thickness D1 satisfies: 1μm≤D1≤2μm; the second pattern part 132 It is the part with the largest gray scale in the first pattern 130 , and the range of the second thickness D2 satisfies: 100 μm≤D2≤200 μm.
由于金属阳离子120的最小分散厚度处的灰度最小,因此,所述金属阳离子120的最小分散厚度处即为所述第一图案部131;相应地,由于金属阳离子120的最大分散厚度处的灰度最大,因此,所述金属阳离子120的最大分散厚度处即为第二图案部132,因此,D1=d2’,D2=d2”。Since the gray scale at the minimum dispersion thickness of the metal cation 120 is the smallest, the minimum dispersion thickness of the metal cation 120 is the first pattern portion 131; Therefore, the maximum dispersion thickness of the metal cations 120 is the second pattern part 132, therefore, D1=d2', D2=d2".
所述第一厚度D1可以为但不仅限于为1μm,或1.2μm,或1.4μm,或1.6μm,或1.8μm,或2.0μm。所述第二厚度D2可以为但不仅限于为100μm,或110μm,或120μm,或130μm,或140μm,或150μm,或160μm,或170μm,或180μm,或190μm,或200μm。The first thickness D1 may be, but not limited to, 1 μm, or 1.2 μm, or 1.4 μm, or 1.6 μm, or 1.8 μm, or 2.0 μm. The second thickness D2 may be, but not limited to, 100 μm, or 110 μm, or 120 μm, or 130 μm, or 140 μm, or 150 μm, or 160 μm, or 170 μm, or 180 μm, or 190 μm, or 200 μm.
所述第一图案部131及所述第二图案部132的上述范围,使得所述陶瓷壳体10具有较为明显的对比度,使得所述陶瓷壳体10中的第一图案130的装饰效果较为明显。The above-mentioned range of the first pattern part 131 and the second pattern part 132 makes the ceramic housing 10 have a relatively obvious contrast, so that the decorative effect of the first pattern 130 in the ceramic housing 10 is more obvious. .
在一实施方式中,所述壳体本体110的厚度d1满足:0.2mm≤d1≤1.0mm;金属阳离子120渗入所述壳体本体110的厚度d2满足:1μm≤d2≤300μm。In one embodiment, the thickness d1 of the casing body 110 satisfies: 0.2mm≤d1≤1.0mm; the thickness d2 of the metal cations 120 infiltrated into the casing body 110 satisfies: 1μm≤d2≤300μm.
在一实施方式中,所述壳体本体110的厚度d1满足:0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm;所述壳体本体110的厚度越大,则所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度越大;当所述壳体本体110的厚度d1=0.35mm时,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为50cm至55cm;当所述壳体本体110的厚度d1=0.55mm时,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为85cm至88cm。In one embodiment, the thickness d1 of the housing body 110 satisfies: 0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm; the greater the thickness of the housing body 110, the greater the ball falling strength of the ceramic housing 10; when When the thickness d1 of the housing body 110 = 0.35 mm, the average falling ball strength of the ceramic housing 10 is 50 cm to 55 cm; when the thickness d1 of the housing body 110 = 0.55 mm, the ceramic housing 10 The average falling ball strength is 85cm to 88cm.
所述壳体本体110的厚度d1满足:0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm,比如,所述壳体本体110的厚度为0.35mm,或0.38mm,或0.40mm,或0.42mm,或0.45mm,或0.48mm,或0.5mm,或0.52mm,或0.55mm。当所述陶瓷壳体10本体的厚度d1满足:0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm,可使得所述陶瓷壳体10较为轻薄,当所述陶瓷壳体10应用于电子设备1中时,有利于所述电子设备1的轻薄化。The thickness d1 of the housing body 110 satisfies: 0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm, for example, the thickness of the housing body 110 is 0.35mm, or 0.38mm, or 0.40mm, or 0.42mm, or 0.45mm, or 0.48mm, or 0.5mm, or 0.52mm, or 0.55mm. When the thickness d1 of the body of the ceramic housing 10 satisfies: 0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm, the ceramic housing 10 can be made light and thin, and when the ceramic housing 10 is applied to the electronic device 1, it is beneficial to all Thinning of the electronic device 1 described above.
由于所述第一图案130由金属阳离子120渗入所述壳体本体110内呈现,因此,所述第一图案130不会额外增加所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度。当所述陶瓷壳体10还包括第二图案140时,同样地,所述第二图案140不会额外增加所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度。因此,所述壳体本体110的厚度即为所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度。所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.35mm至0.55mm;所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度越大,则所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度越大。当所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.33mm时,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为50cm至55cm;当所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.55mm时,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为85cm至 88cm。因此,当所述陶瓷壳体10的厚度为0.35mm至0.55mm,所述陶瓷壳体10的落球强度均值为50cm至88cm。Since the first pattern 130 is presented by the metal cations 120 penetrating into the casing body 110 , the first pattern 130 does not increase the thickness of the ceramic casing 10 additionally. When the ceramic housing 10 further includes the second pattern 140 , similarly, the second pattern 140 will not additionally increase the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 . Therefore, the thickness of the housing body 110 is the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 . The thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm; the greater the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 , the greater the falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 . When the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.33mm, the average value of the falling ball strength of the ceramic housing 10 is 50cm to 55cm; when the thickness of the ceramic housing 10 is 0.55mm, the The average drop strength is 85cm to 88cm. Therefore, when the thickness of the ceramic shell 10 is 0.35 mm to 0.55 mm, the average falling ball strength of the ceramic shell 10 is 50 cm to 88 cm.
在一实施方式中,所述陶瓷的材料包括氧化锆陶瓷、氧化铝陶瓷中的一种;所述金属阳离子120包括铁离子、钴离子、镍离子中的至少一种或多种。In one embodiment, the ceramic material includes one of zirconia ceramics and alumina ceramics; the metal cations 120 include at least one or more of iron ions, cobalt ions, and nickel ions.
在一种实施方式中,请一并参阅图18,图18为本申请另一实施方式提供的壳体的示意图。所述第一图案130具有第一颜色,所述陶瓷壳体10还具有第二图案140,所述第二图案140具有第二颜色。In one embodiment, please also refer to FIG. 18 , which is a schematic diagram of a housing provided in another embodiment of the present application. The first pattern 130 has a first color, and the ceramic housing 10 further has a second pattern 140, and the second pattern 140 has a second color.
所述第一图案130具有第一颜色,所述第一图案130中的各个部位的第一颜色的灰度可以相同,也可以不相同,在本实施方式中不做限定。所述第二图案140具有第二颜色,所述第二图案140中的各个部位的第二颜色的灰度可以相同也可以不相同,在本实施方式中不做限定。The first pattern 130 has a first color, and the gray scale of the first color of each part in the first pattern 130 may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment. The second pattern 140 has a second color, and the grayscale of the second color at each part of the second pattern 140 may be the same or different, which is not limited in this embodiment.
本申请实施方式中,所述陶瓷壳体10具有第一图案130及第二图案140,从而使得所述陶瓷壳体10具有更加丰富的外观效果。In the embodiment of the present application, the ceramic housing 10 has a first pattern 130 and a second pattern 140 , so that the ceramic housing 10 has a richer appearance effect.
本申请还提供了一种电子设备1,所述电子设备包括前述任意一实施方式所述的壳体。下面结合附图对本申请提供的电子设备1进行详细描述。请一并参阅图19及图20,图19为本申请一实施方式提供的电子设备的立体示意图;图20为图19中所示的电子设备的分解示意图。所述电子设备1可以为但不仅限于为手机、平板电脑等具有陶瓷壳体10的设备。所述陶瓷壳体10请参阅前面描述,在此不再赘述。在本实施方式中,所述陶瓷壳体10的所述预设表面110构成所述电子设备1的部分外观面。The present application also provides an electronic device 1 , the electronic device includes the casing described in any one of the foregoing implementation manners. The electronic device 1 provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Please refer to FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 together. FIG. 19 is a three-dimensional schematic view of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 20 is an exploded schematic view of the electronic device shown in FIG. 19 . The electronic device 1 may be, but not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer and other devices with a ceramic housing 10 . For the ceramic housing 10 , please refer to the previous description, and details will not be repeated here. In this embodiment, the preset surface 110 of the ceramic housing 10 constitutes a part of the appearance surface of the electronic device 1 .
在本实施方式中,所述电子设备1除了包括陶瓷壳体10还包括显示屏30、中框70、电路板40及摄像头模组50。所述陶瓷壳体10与所述显示屏30分别设置于所述中框70相背的两侧。所述中框70用于承载所述显示屏30,且所述中框70的侧面显露于所述陶瓷壳体10与所述显示屏30。所述陶瓷壳体10与所述中框70形成收容空间,用于收容所述电路板40与所述摄像头模组50。所述陶瓷壳体10上具有透光部10a,所述摄像头模组50可通过所述陶瓷壳体10上的透光部10a拍摄,即,本实施方式中的摄像头模组50为后置摄像头模组。可以理解地,在其他实施方式中,所述透光部10a可设置在所述显示屏30上,即,所述摄像头模组50为前置摄像头模组。在本实施方式的示意图中,以所述透光部10a为开口进行示意,在其他实施方式中,所述透光部10a可不为开口,而是为透光的材质,比如,塑料、玻璃等。In this embodiment, the electronic device 1 includes a display screen 30 , a middle frame 70 , a circuit board 40 and a camera module 50 in addition to the ceramic housing 10 . The ceramic housing 10 and the display screen 30 are respectively disposed on opposite sides of the middle frame 70 . The middle frame 70 is used to carry the display screen 30 , and the sides of the middle frame 70 are exposed from the ceramic housing 10 and the display screen 30 . The ceramic housing 10 and the middle frame 70 form a receiving space for receiving the circuit board 40 and the camera module 50 . The ceramic housing 10 has a light-transmitting portion 10a, and the camera module 50 can take pictures through the light-transmitting portion 10a on the ceramic housing 10, that is, the camera module 50 in this embodiment is a rear camera mod. It can be understood that, in other implementation manners, the light-transmitting portion 10 a may be disposed on the display screen 30 , that is, the camera module 50 is a front-facing camera module. In the schematic diagram of this embodiment, the light-transmitting portion 10a is used as an opening for illustration. In other embodiments, the light-transmitting portion 10a may not be an opening, but a light-transmitting material, such as plastic, glass, etc. .
可以理解地,本实施方式中所述的电子设备1仅仅为所述陶瓷壳体10所应用的电子设备1的一种形态,不应当理解为对本申请提供的电子设备1的限定,也不应当理解为对本申请各个实施方式提供的陶瓷壳体10的限定。It can be understood that the electronic device 1 described in this embodiment is only a form of the electronic device 1 applied to the ceramic housing 10, and should not be construed as a limitation to the electronic device 1 provided in this application, nor should it It should be understood as a limitation to the ceramic housing 10 provided in various embodiments of the present application.
尽管上面已经示出和描述了本申请的实施例,可以理解的是,上述实施例是示例性的,不能理解为对本申请的限制,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的范围内可以对上述实施例进行变化、修改、替换和变型,这些改进和润饰也视为本申请的保护范围。Although the embodiments of the present application have been shown and described above, it can be understood that the above embodiments are exemplary and should not be construed as limitations on the present application, and those skilled in the art can make the above-mentioned Changes, modifications, substitutions and modifications are made to the embodiments, and these improvements and modifications are also regarded as the protection scope of the present application.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法包括:A method for preparing a ceramic shell, characterized in that the method for preparing a ceramic shell comprises:
    提供表面具有第一釉料层的壳体生坯;providing a shell green body having a first glaze layer on its surface;
    对所述第一釉料层进行图案化以形成第一图案化层;patterning the first glaze layer to form a first patterned layer;
    根据所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体。A ceramic shell with a first pattern is obtained according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述提供表面具有第一釉料层的壳体生坯,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 1, wherein said providing the shell green body having a first glaze layer on the surface comprises:
    将陶瓷粒料进行成型以得到壳体生坯;shaping the ceramic pellets to obtain a shell green body;
    在所述壳体生坯的表面的至少部分区域设置第一釉料浆液;以及disposing a first glaze slurry on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body; and
    将第一釉料浆液烘干以得到第一釉料层。The first glaze slurry is dried to obtain a first glaze layer.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述将陶瓷粒料进行成型以得到壳体生坯,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 2, wherein said molding the ceramic granules to obtain the shell green body comprises:
    将陶瓷粉体与粘结剂混合并进行造粒以得到陶瓷粒料,其中,所述陶瓷粉体的平均粒径范围为0.2μm至0.8μm,所述陶瓷粒料的目数范围为40目至100目,所述粒料的BET比表面积为6m 2/g至10m 2/g,在所述陶瓷粒料中,所述粘结剂的重量百分比的范围为3%至5%;以及 Ceramic powder is mixed with a binder and granulated to obtain ceramic granules, wherein the average particle size of the ceramic powder ranges from 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm, and the mesh number of the ceramic granules ranges from 40 mesh to 100 mesh, the BET specific surface area of the pellets is 6m 2 /g to 10m 2 /g, and in the ceramic pellets, the weight percentage of the binder is in the range of 3% to 5%; and
    将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯。The ceramic particles are shaped to obtain a shell green body.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述成型包括模压成型、或注塑成型;当所述成型为模压成型时,所述将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 3, wherein the molding includes compression molding or injection molding; when the molding is compression molding, the ceramic particles are molded to obtain a casing green bodies, including:
    模压的压力的范围为10MPa至15MPa下,进行模压成型,保压10s至20s,以将所述陶瓷颗粒进行成型以得到壳体生坯。The molding pressure ranges from 10 MPa to 15 MPa, and the molding is carried out, and the pressure is kept for 10s to 20s, so as to mold the ceramic particles to obtain a shell green body.
  5. 如权利要求2所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一釉料浆液包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 2, wherein the first glaze slurry comprises a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent is The range is 1:1 to 3:1; the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the weight percentage of the metal cation salt to the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  6. 如权利要求2所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述第一釉料浆液的厚度小于或等于20μm,所述将第一釉料浆液烘干以得到第一釉料层,包括:于80℃至150℃,烘烤20分钟至50分钟,以在所述壳体生坯的表面的至少部分区域形成所述第一釉料层。The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 2, wherein the thickness of the first glaze slurry is less than or equal to 20 μm, and the drying of the first glaze slurry to obtain the first glaze layer comprises: : Baking at 80° C. to 150° C. for 20 minutes to 50 minutes to form the first glaze layer on at least a partial area of the surface of the shell green body.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 1, wherein the obtaining a ceramic shell with a first pattern according to the shell green body and the first patterned layer comprises:
    对所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体胚件;以及Debinding and sintering the shell green body and the first patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell blank; and
    将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体。The ceramic shell blank is processed to obtain a ceramic shell with a predetermined size and a first pattern.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案的所述壳体,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 7, wherein processing the ceramic shell blank to obtain the shell with a preset size and a first pattern comprises:
    将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行CNC加工以得到预设尺寸的所述壳体;以及performing CNC machining on the ceramic housing blank to obtain the housing with preset dimensions; and
    对所述预设尺寸的所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面进行研磨抛光。Grinding and polishing the surface of the housing with the predetermined size exposing the first pattern.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述对所述预设尺寸的所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面进行研磨抛光,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 8, wherein the grinding and polishing the surface of the shell of the preset size where the first pattern is exposed comprises:
    对所述预设尺寸的所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面进行研磨抛光以得到壳体,其中,所述壳体显露所述第一图案的表面光泽度为130Gu至160Gu。Grinding and polishing the surface of the casing with the predetermined size exposing the first pattern to obtain the casing, wherein the glossiness of the surface of the casing exposing the first pattern is 130Gu to 160Gu.
  10. 如权利要求1所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 1, wherein the method for preparing a ceramic shell further comprises:
    在所述壳体生坯表面形成第二釉料层,所述第二釉料层与所述第一釉料层间隔设置;forming a second glaze layer on the surface of the shell green body, the second glaze layer is spaced apart from the first glaze layer;
    对所述第二釉料层进行图案化以形成第二图案化层,所述第二图案化层与所述第一图案化层间隔设置;patterning the second glaze layer to form a second patterned layer, the second patterned layer is spaced apart from the first patterned layer;
    根据所述陶瓷生坯及所述第一图案化层以得到具有第一图案的陶瓷壳体,包括:Obtaining a ceramic shell with a first pattern according to the ceramic green body and the first patterned layer includes:
    将所述壳体生坯、所述第一图案化层及第二图案化层进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体坯件;performing debinding and sintering the shell green body, the first patterned layer and the second patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell blank;
    将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案及第二图案的陶瓷壳体,其中,所述第一图案具有第一颜色,所述第二图案具有第二颜色。Processing the ceramic shell blank to obtain a ceramic shell with a predetermined size and a first pattern and a second pattern, wherein the first pattern has a first color, and the second pattern has a second color .
  11. 如权利要求10所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述第二釉料层由第二釉料浆液烘干形成,其中,所述第二釉料浆液包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为5%至95%。The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 10, wherein the second glaze layer is formed by drying a second glaze slurry, wherein the second glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1; the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the metal cation salt and the The weight percentage of the solvent is 5% to 95%.
  12. 如权利要求7所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,在所述将所述壳体生坯及所述第一图案化层进行排胶烧结以得到陶瓷壳体坯件,与所述将所述陶瓷壳体坯件进行加工以得到预设尺寸且具有第一图案的壳体之间,所述陶瓷壳体制备方法还包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 7, characterized in that, debinding and sintering the shell green body and the first patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell blank, and the Between processing the ceramic shell blank to obtain a shell with a preset size and a first pattern, the preparation method of the ceramic shell further includes:
    在所述陶瓷壳体坯件的至少部分表面形成第二釉料层;forming a second glaze layer on at least part of the surface of the ceramic housing blank;
    对所述第二釉料层进行图案化以形成第二图案化层;patterning the second glaze layer to form a second patterned layer;
    将设置有第二图案化层的陶瓷壳体坯件进行烧结以得到具有第一图案及第二图案的陶瓷壳体,其中,所述第一图案具有第一颜色,所述第二图案具有第二颜色。Sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer to obtain a ceramic shell with a first pattern and a second pattern, wherein the first pattern has a first color, and the second pattern has a first color Two colors.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述第二釉料层由第二釉料浆液烘干形成,其中,所述第二釉料浆液包括釉料溶液及粘稠剂,其中,所述釉料溶液与所述粘稠剂的质量比的范围为1:1至3:1;所述釉料溶液包括含有金属阳离子盐与溶剂,其中,所述金属阳离子盐与所述溶剂的重量百分比为50%至75%。The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 12, wherein the second glaze layer is formed by drying a second glaze slurry, wherein the second glaze slurry includes a glaze solution and a viscous agent, wherein the mass ratio of the glaze solution to the viscous agent ranges from 1:1 to 3:1; the glaze solution includes a metal cation salt and a solvent, wherein the metal cation salt and the The weight percentage of the solvent is 50% to 75%.
  14. 如权利要求12所述的陶瓷壳体制备方法,其特征在于,所述将设置有第二图案化层的陶瓷壳体坯件进行烧结以得到具有第一图案及第二图案的壳体,包括:The method for preparing a ceramic shell according to claim 12, wherein the sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer to obtain the shell with the first pattern and the second pattern comprises: :
    于950℃至1200℃对设置有第二图案化层的陶瓷壳体坯件进行烧结,烧结的时间范围为2h至3h,以得到具有第一图案及第二图案的壳体。Sintering the ceramic shell blank provided with the second patterned layer at 950° C. to 1200° C. for a time range of 2 hours to 3 hours to obtain a shell with the first pattern and the second pattern.
  15. 一种陶瓷壳体,其特征在于,所述陶瓷壳体包括:A ceramic housing, characterized in that the ceramic housing comprises:
    壳体本体,所述壳体本体包括陶瓷材料,所述壳体本体具有外观面;a housing body comprising a ceramic material, the housing body having an exterior surface;
    所述外观面显露第一图案,其中,所述第一图案由金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体内呈现。The appearance surface reveals a first pattern, wherein the first pattern is presented by metal cations penetrating into the shell body.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的陶瓷壳体,其特征在于,所述第一图案具有:The ceramic housing according to claim 15, wherein the first pattern has:
    第一图案部,所述第一图案部的灰度为第一灰度,所述第一图案部中金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体的厚度为第一厚度;以及The first pattern part, the grayscale of the first pattern part is the first grayscale, and the thickness of the metal cations in the first pattern part infiltrated into the shell body is the first thickness; and
    第二图案部,所述第二图案部的灰度为第二灰度,所述第二图案部中金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体的厚度为第二厚度,所述第二灰度大于所述第一灰度,第二厚度大于所述第一厚度。The second pattern part, the grayscale of the second pattern part is the second grayscale, the thickness of the metal cations in the second pattern part infiltrated into the housing body is the second thickness, and the second grayscale is greater than the the first grayscale, and the second thickness is greater than the first thickness.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的陶瓷壳体,其特征在于,所述第一图案部为所述第一图案中灰度最小的部分,所述第一厚度D1的范围满足:1μm≤D1≤2μm;所述第二图案部为所述第一图案中灰度最大的部分,所述第二厚度D2的范围满足:100μm≤D2≤200μm。The ceramic housing according to claim 15, wherein the first pattern part is the part with the smallest gray scale in the first pattern, and the range of the first thickness D1 satisfies: 1 μm≤D1≤2 μm; The second pattern part is the part with the largest gray scale in the first pattern, and the range of the second thickness D2 satisfies: 100 μm≤D2≤200 μm.
  18. 如权利要求15所述的陶瓷壳体,其特征在在于,所述壳体本体的厚度d1满足:0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm;所述壳体本体的厚度越大,则所述壳体的落球强度越大;当所述壳体本体的厚度d1=0.35mm时,所述壳体的落球强度均值为50cm至55cm;当所述壳体本体的厚度d1=0.55mm时,所述壳体的落球强度均值为85cm至88cm。The ceramic housing according to claim 15, wherein the thickness d1 of the housing body satisfies: 0.35mm≤d1≤0.55mm; the greater the thickness of the housing body, the greater the thickness of the housing body The greater the falling ball strength is; when the thickness of the shell body d1=0.35mm, the average value of the falling ball strength of the shell is 50cm to 55cm; when the thickness d1=0.55mm of the shell body, the shell The average falling ball strength is 85cm to 88cm.
  19. 如权利要求15所述的陶瓷壳体,其特征在于,所述第一图案具有第一颜色,所述壳体还具有第二图案,所述第二图案具有第二颜色。The ceramic casing according to claim 15, wherein the first pattern has a first color, and the casing further has a second pattern, and the second pattern has a second color.
  20. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备包括陶瓷壳体,所述陶瓷壳体包括:An electronic device, characterized in that the electronic device includes a ceramic housing, and the ceramic housing includes:
    壳体本体,所述壳体本体包括陶瓷材料,所述壳体本体具有外观面;a housing body comprising a ceramic material, the housing body having an exterior surface;
    所述外观面显露第一图案,其中,所述第一图案由金属阳离子渗入所述壳体本体内呈现。The appearance surface reveals a first pattern, wherein the first pattern is presented by metal cations penetrating into the shell body.
PCT/CN2022/142853 2022-01-28 2022-12-28 Ceramic housing preparation method, ceramic housing, and electronic device WO2023142849A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210108629.2A CN114434589B (en) 2022-01-28 2022-01-28 Ceramic shell manufacturing method, ceramic shell and electronic equipment
CN202210108629.2 2022-01-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023142849A1 true WO2023142849A1 (en) 2023-08-03

Family

ID=81370744

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/142853 WO2023142849A1 (en) 2022-01-28 2022-12-28 Ceramic housing preparation method, ceramic housing, and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114434589B (en)
WO (1) WO2023142849A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114434589B (en) * 2022-01-28 2023-11-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Ceramic shell manufacturing method, ceramic shell and electronic equipment

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3340347A (en) * 1964-10-12 1967-09-05 Corning Glass Works Enclosed electronic device
CN104552578A (en) * 2013-10-18 2015-04-29 谢开强 Ceramics laser engraving process
CN107896447A (en) * 2017-10-30 2018-04-10 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method for producing shell, housing and electronic equipment
CN108950553A (en) * 2018-07-24 2018-12-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Prepare method, the plate, shell, electronic equipment of plate
CN109050139A (en) * 2018-08-17 2018-12-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Surface treatment method, housing unit and the electronic equipment of ceramic material part
CN111031158A (en) * 2019-12-23 2020-04-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Ceramic shell, processing method of surface of ceramic shell and electronic equipment
CN114434589A (en) * 2022-01-28 2022-05-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Ceramic shell preparation method, ceramic shell and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07336020A (en) * 1994-06-10 1995-12-22 Sumitomo Metal Ind Ltd Forming method of conductor pattern
CN108527622A (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 shell and preparation method thereof
CN111646780A (en) * 2019-03-04 2020-09-11 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Manufacturing method of ceramic structural member and mobile terminal
CN112174696A (en) * 2019-07-02 2021-01-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Ceramic structural member, glaze for surface decoration of ceramic structural member, preparation method of ceramic structural member and electronic equipment
CN110590382A (en) * 2019-10-16 2019-12-20 林宗立 Method for sintering ceramic material by double lasers and sintering equipment thereof
CN111704479A (en) * 2020-06-01 2020-09-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Surface treatment method for ceramic substrate, ceramic plate, case, and electronic device
CN112872603A (en) * 2021-01-27 2021-06-01 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Preparation method of shell and electronic equipment

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3340347A (en) * 1964-10-12 1967-09-05 Corning Glass Works Enclosed electronic device
CN104552578A (en) * 2013-10-18 2015-04-29 谢开强 Ceramics laser engraving process
CN107896447A (en) * 2017-10-30 2018-04-10 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method for producing shell, housing and electronic equipment
CN108950553A (en) * 2018-07-24 2018-12-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Prepare method, the plate, shell, electronic equipment of plate
CN109050139A (en) * 2018-08-17 2018-12-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Surface treatment method, housing unit and the electronic equipment of ceramic material part
CN111031158A (en) * 2019-12-23 2020-04-17 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Ceramic shell, processing method of surface of ceramic shell and electronic equipment
CN114434589A (en) * 2022-01-28 2022-05-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Ceramic shell preparation method, ceramic shell and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114434589A (en) 2022-05-06
CN114434589B (en) 2023-11-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023142849A1 (en) Ceramic housing preparation method, ceramic housing, and electronic device
WO2023142728A1 (en) Housing, preparation method therefor, and electronic device
CN104446457A (en) Modified zirconium oxide ceramic material and application thereof
CN111704450B (en) Preparation method of ceramic rock plate and ceramic rock plate
CN108033789A (en) A kind of black zirconia ceramics material compositions and its application
CN108950553B (en) Method for preparing plate, shell and electronic device
WO2021253935A1 (en) Housing assembly, preparation method therefor and mobile terminal
WO2016208668A1 (en) Zirconia sintered body and use thereof
CN114390830A (en) Ceramic shell, preparation method thereof and electronic equipment
CN113194647A (en) Shell assembly, preparation method thereof and electronic equipment
JP2016030717A (en) Red zirconia sintered body, and production method thereof
CN105777113A (en) Black ceramic and preparing method thereof
WO2023279800A1 (en) Housing, preparation method therefor, and electronic device
KR101452736B1 (en) Method for producing a zirconia ceramic case having a logo for a portable electronic device
CN112830816B (en) Black-substrate silver light net grain glaze, preparation method thereof and porcelain body with black-substrate silver light net grain glaze
CN112872603A (en) Preparation method of shell and electronic equipment
JP6104531B2 (en) Transparent ceramic body, method for producing the same, and electronic device using the transparent ceramic body
CN110143818A (en) A kind of preparation method and ceramic shell of ceramic shell
CN111116237A (en) Production process of 3D zirconia ceramic for mobile phone rear cover
CN114349538A (en) Shell preparation method, ceramic shell and electronic equipment
JPS62260766A (en) Alumina sintered body
CN114538938A (en) Shell, preparation method thereof and electronic equipment
JP3078413B2 (en) Manufacturing method of ceramic sintered body
CN115214070B (en) Shell assembly, preparation method thereof and electronic equipment
JP2015143180A (en) Zirconia sintered compact and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22923634

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1